WO2024041184A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024041184A1
WO2024041184A1 PCT/CN2023/103495 CN2023103495W WO2024041184A1 WO 2024041184 A1 WO2024041184 A1 WO 2024041184A1 CN 2023103495 W CN2023103495 W CN 2023103495W WO 2024041184 A1 WO2024041184 A1 WO 2024041184A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
control channel
combination
capability information
terminal device
symbols
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/103495
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
高飞
焦淑蓉
花梦
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024041184A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024041184A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18Negotiating wireless communication parameters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/232Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the physical layer, e.g. DCI signalling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/22Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • H04W8/24Transfer of terminal data

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) is used to carry downlink control information (DCI) sent by network equipment to terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment monitors the PDCCH to determine the DCI carried by the PDCCH.
  • a way for the terminal equipment to monitor the PDCCH is for the terminal equipment to monitor the PDCCH at the time span (span) granularity. That is, the terminal equipment monitors the maximum number of candidate PDCCHs and non-overlapping control channel elements for each span in the cell according to the protocol. (control channel element, CCE) number to monitor PDCCH.
  • CCE control channel element
  • the current protocol defines several span patterns, also called combinations (X, Y), where X represents the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent spans (continuous spans); Y Represents the maximum length of a span.
  • 1 span contains at least 1 PDCCH monitoring opportunity (PDCCH monitoring occasion, PDCCH MO).
  • PDCCH monitoring occasion PDCCH MO
  • each symbol in a span contains 1 symbol of PDCCH MO, which requires the terminal equipment to perform a blind detection operation on each symbol in a span, increasing the difficulty of blind detection by the terminal equipment. the complexity.
  • This application provides a communication method and device for reducing the complexity of blind detection of PDCCH by terminal equipment.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication method that can be executed by a communication device.
  • the communication device can be a communication device or a communication device that can support the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description takes the communication device as a terminal device as an example.
  • the communication device is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device, or other components used to implement functions of the terminal device.
  • the communication method includes: the terminal device sends first capability information to the network device, receives control channel configuration information from the network device, and receives the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of a control resource set (CORESET) supported by the terminal device.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, and the length of each time unit is N.
  • the terminal device can report the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device to the network device, so that the network device determines the PDCCH configuration based on N to try to avoid that each symbol in a time unit contains 1 symbol.
  • PDCCH MO thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection of terminal equipment.
  • the time unit is span, and the span includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is less than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit.
  • N 1
  • the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3)
  • the starting symbols of the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by P Time domain symbol
  • P is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
  • the network device configures the PDCCH corresponding to the combination (X, Y), configure the continuous symbol of CORESET to 1.
  • combination (X,Y) such as combination (2,2), combination (4,3) or combination (7,3)
  • combination (2,1), combination (4,1) or combination can be realized
  • Combining (7,1) can avoid that each symbol in a time unit contains a PDCCH MO of 1 symbol, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment.
  • the duration of PDCCH MO is 1 symbol, and the overlapping symbols of PDSCH and scheduled PDCCH are fewer, which can reserve more processing time for terminal equipment and help terminal equipment meet the needs of low-latency services.
  • the network device configures the PDCCH corresponding to the combination (X, Y), configure the CORESET persistence symbol to 2.
  • combination (X, Y) such as combination (4,3) or combination (7,3)
  • combination (4,2) or combination (7,2) can be implemented to avoid
  • Each symbol contains the PDCCH MO of 1 symbol, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment.
  • the duration of PDCCH MO is reduced, and there are fewer overlapping symbols between PDSCH and scheduled PDCCH, which can reserve more processing time for terminal equipment and help terminal equipment meet the needs of low-latency services.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. N; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of the CORESET supported by the terminal equipment in the first frequency band combination.
  • the time domain length N of CORESET, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier.
  • the first capability information may be for terminal equipment, for cells, or for frequency bands or frequency band combinations.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the N, where , a combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N.
  • the first capability information may be for one (X, Y) of the combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device, or may be for all (X, Y) of the combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device. X,Y).
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sending second capability information to the network device, the second capability information being used to instruct the terminal device to support the start symbol and the control channel monitoring opportunity within a time unit. /or the number of end symbols M, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • This solution provides a constraint for determining the combination (X, Y), that is, it provides a new rule for determining the combination (X, Y). That is, in addition to reporting the supported CORESET time domain length N to the network device, the terminal device can also report to the network device the number M of start symbols and/or end symbols of the PDCCH MO supported by the terminal device within a time unit. Therefore, the network device configures the PDCCH configuration based on the time domain lengths N and M reported by the terminal device to try to avoid each symbol in a span containing a 1-symbol PDCCH MO and reduce the complexity of blind detection by the terminal device. And more time can be reserved for terminal equipment to process PDSCH, which helps terminal equipment meet the delay requirements of low-latency services. At the same time, it can also enable the terminal equipment to process the PDCCH uniformly within a time unit. From this perspective, it can also reduce the complexity of the terminal equipment.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the first capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports M, where one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M.
  • the second capability information may be for one (X, Y) of the combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device, or may be for all (X, Y) of the combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device. X,Y).
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication method that can be executed by a communication device.
  • the communication device can be a communication device or a communication device that can support the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description takes the communication device as a terminal device as an example.
  • the communication device is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device, or other components used to implement functions of the terminal device.
  • the communication method includes: the terminal device sends the second capability information to the network device, and receives the control channel configuration information from the network device. information, and receiving a control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the second capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports M, where one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication method that can be executed by a communication device.
  • the communication device can be a communication device or a communication device that can support the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description takes the communication device as a network device as an example.
  • the communication device is a network device, or a chip provided in the network device, or other components used to implement the functions of the network device.
  • the communication method includes: the network device receives the first capability information from the terminal device, sends control channel configuration information to the terminal device, and sends the control channel within at least one time unit.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device.
  • the control information configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, and the length of each time unit is N.
  • the time unit includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is smaller than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit.
  • the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are spaced M time domain symbols, M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit.
  • N 2
  • the combination (X, Y) is (4,3) or (7,3)
  • the sub-symbol sets where the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are located are not adjacent
  • the different control channel monitoring opportunities are The intersection of the sub-symbol sets is the empty set.
  • the starting symbols of any two control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domain symbols, and Q is greater than or equal to X.
  • a symbol set includes at least one sub-symbol set, and a sub-symbol set corresponds to a control channel monitoring opportunity.
  • the starting symbol of the symbol set is a starting symbol of a control channel monitoring opportunity
  • the end symbol of the symbol set is a control channel monitoring opportunity.
  • the end symbol of the channel monitoring opportunity, and the symbols in the symbol set are continuous in the time domain.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. N; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment in the first frequency band combination. Length N, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports N, where a A combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N.
  • the method further includes: the network device receives second capability information from the terminal device, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the starting symbol of the control channel monitoring opportunity within a time unit Or the number M of end symbols, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the second capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M.
  • the method further includes: the network device receives third capability information from the terminal device, and according to the The first capability information and/or the second capability information determine the control channel configuration information.
  • the third capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports control channel monitoring based on time unit level. That is, the terminal device reports the first capability information and the second capability information to the network device, and the network device determines the control channel configuration information based on the first capability information and/or the second capability information.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication method that can be executed by a communication device.
  • the communication device can be a communication device or a communication device that can support the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description takes the communication device as a network device as an example.
  • the communication device is a network device, or a chip provided in the network device, or other components used to implement the functions of the network device.
  • the communication method includes: the network device receives the second capability information from the terminal device, sends control channel configuration information to the terminal device, and sends the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the first capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports M, where one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behaviors in the method embodiments of any of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects.
  • a communication device which has the function of implementing the behaviors in the method embodiments of any of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects.
  • beneficial effects see the first to fourth aspects. The description of the corresponding aspects will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device may be the communication device in any of the first to fourth aspects, or the communication device may be a device capable of implementing the method provided in any of the first to fourth aspects, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for performing the method of any aspect in the first to fourth aspects.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also called a processing module or processor) and/or a transceiver unit (sometimes also called a transceiver module or transceiver).
  • the transceiver unit may include a sending unit and a receiving unit. It can also be understood that the sending unit and the receiving unit are the same functional module.
  • the transceiver unit is also understood as a collective name for the sending unit and the receiving unit, and the sending unit and the receiving unit may be different functional modules.
  • These units can perform the corresponding functions in the above-mentioned method examples of the first aspect. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method examples, which will not be described again here.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which may be the communication device of the fifth aspect, or a chip or chip system provided in the communication device of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a network device.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface. When the processor reads the computer program or instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute the method performed by the communication device in the above method.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which includes an input-output interface and a logic circuit. Input and output interfaces are used to input and/or output information.
  • the logic circuit is used to perform the method described in any of the first to fourth aspects.
  • inventions of the present application provide a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and may also include a communication interface for implementing the method described in any of the first to fourth aspects.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing a computer program.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes a terminal device and a network device.
  • the terminal device is configured to execute the method executed by the communication device in the first aspect
  • the network device is configured to execute the method executed by the communication device in the third aspect.
  • the terminal device is configured to execute the method executed by the communication device in the above second aspect
  • the network device is configured to execute the method executed by the communication device in the above fourth aspect.
  • the communication system may include more terminal devices or more network devices.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program.
  • the method in any of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects is implemented. .
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the method in any of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects is performed. implement.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of two PDCCH MOs provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 shows the time domain positions of the PDCCH MO and span within a time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to new radio (NR) systems, long term evolution (LTE) systems, non-terrestrial networks (non terrestrial networks, NTN) systems, or can also be applied to Next generation mobile communication system or other similar communication system.
  • NR new radio
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NTN non-terrestrial networks
  • Next generation mobile communication system or other similar communication system.
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include at least one network device and at least one terminal device, and each of the at least one terminal device can communicate with any network device.
  • Figure 1 takes a network device and two terminal devices (that is, terminal device 1 to terminal device 2 as an example). Among them, terminal device 1 to terminal device 2 can send information to the network device.
  • network device 1 or the network device can send information to any terminal device among terminal device 1 to terminal device 2. It should be noted that the number of network devices and terminal devices in Figure 1 is only an example, and more or less network devices or terminal devices may also be included.
  • a terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function that can send signals to or receive signals from network devices.
  • Terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), sometimes also called terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication equipment, or user device, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • the terminal device is used to connect people, things, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, including but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device to device (D2D), V2X, machine to machine/ Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC), IoT, virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control (industrial control), driverless driving Terminal equipment in (self driving), remote medical, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, drones, robots and other scenarios.
  • the terminal device can be a mobile phone, tablet computer, game controller, smart glasses, smart bracelet, etc.
  • the various terminal devices introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle).
  • vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called an on-board unit (OBU), for example.
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the terminal device of this application can also be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • the vehicle uses the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, Vehicle-mounted components, vehicle-mounted chips or vehicle-mounted units can implement the method of the present application.
  • the network device may be an access device through which a terminal device wirelessly accesses the mobile communication system, including, for example, an access device.
  • Access network (AN) equipment such as base stations.
  • Network equipment may also refer to equipment that communicates with terminal equipment over the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (eNB/e-NodeB) in the LTE system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A); the network equipment may also include a next-generation node in the NR system B (next generation node B, gNB); or, the network device can also include access nodes in a wireless-fidelity (Wi-Fi) system; or the network device can be a station, a relay station, a vehicle Equipment and future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) equipment, equipment in D2D networks, equipment in M2M networks, equipment in the Internet of Things IoT network, or network equipment in PLMN networks, etc.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the base station in the embodiment of the present application may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU.
  • CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer functions of the wireless network they possess. For example, the functions of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and above are set in CU and the protocol layer below PDCP, such as wireless link. Functions such as the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer are set in the DU. It should be noted that this division of protocol layers is just an example, and division can also be performed on other protocol layers.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC medium access control
  • the radio frequency device can be remote and not placed in the DU, or it can be integrated in the DU, or partially remote and partially integrated in the DU.
  • the control plane (CP) and user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated and implemented into different entities, respectively control plane CU entities (CU-CP entities). and user plane CU entities (CU-UP entities).
  • the CU control plane CU-CP also includes a further segmentation architecture, that is, the existing CU-CP is further segmented into CU-CP1 and CU-CP2.
  • CU-CP1 includes various radio resource management functions
  • CU-CP2 only includes radio resource control (RRC) functions and PDCP-C functions (that is, the basic functions of control plane signaling at the PDCP layer).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the communication device used to realize the function of the network device or the terminal device may be a network device or a terminal device, or may be a device that can support the network device or the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be Installed in network equipment or terminal equipment.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the functions of the network device as a network device and the device for realizing the functions of the terminal device as a terminal device as an example.
  • Time slot refers to a basic time unit.
  • one time slot can occupy 14 consecutive symbols (conventional cyclic prefix) or 12 consecutive symbols (extended cyclic prefix) in the time domain.
  • the symbols in the embodiments of this application include but are not limited to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, sparse code multiplexing access (SCMA) symbols, filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, F-OFDM) symbols and non-orthogonal multiple access (non-orthogonal multiple access, NOMA) symbols can be determined based on the actual situation and will not be described again here.
  • symbols are time domain symbols.
  • Time span also known as PDCCH monitoring time span (PDCCH monitoring span).
  • a time span is used as an example.
  • span is a time unit shorter than slot and is a time unit.
  • a slot can contain one or more spans.
  • the length of each span is at least Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is an integer greater than 0. It should be understood that Z consecutive time domain symbols refer to Z consecutive time domain symbols in the time domain.
  • CCE is the smallest unit of resource allocation for control information, that is, the resource allocation of control information is allocated based on CCE as the smallest unit.
  • 1 CCE is equal to 6 resource element groups (REG), and 1 REG is defined as 1 physical resource block (PRB) on 1 OFDM symbol.
  • REG resource element groups
  • PRB physical resource block
  • a PDCCH contains one or more CCEs.
  • the network device can choose to send the DCI on 1 CCE, 2 CCEs, 4 CCEs, 8 CCEs or 16 CCEs according to the size of the DCI and the reliability of control channel transmission.
  • the search space set includes a common search space set (CSS set) and a UE-specific search space set (USS set).
  • the common search space set can be used to send a common control channel for transmitting paging, system information, etc. to the terminal device.
  • the UE-specific search space set may be used to send a control channel for transmitting certain UE-specific control information to the terminal device.
  • the public search space collection It can also be used to send a control channel for transmitting control information specific to a certain UE to the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a collection of search spaces can include one or more search spaces.
  • a search space is for a specific aggregation level (AL), that is, a search space is composed of one or more candidate PDCCHs under the same AL.
  • a candidate PDCCH is composed of n consecutive CCEs. Among them, n is AL.
  • the value range of n can be ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ⁇ .
  • a candidate PDCCH can be configured to carry DCI.
  • the network device can send the configuration information of a search space set to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information can include the starting OFDM symbol for PDCCH monitoring, the PDCCH monitoring period, and the control resource set (CORESET) associated with the search space set, etc. .
  • the terminal device can receive the PDCCH by listening to the search space set.
  • PDCCH MO is the duration for the terminal equipment to perform PDCCH blind detection for a search space set.
  • a PDCCH MO can be contained in a time slot (slot) or a time span (span).
  • a PDCCH MO can be jointly determined by the monitoring start symbol of a search space set and the CORESET associated with the monitored search space set.
  • the terminal device monitors a search space set and the monitoring start symbol is the first symbol in a slot.
  • This search space set is associated with a 3-symbol long CORESET, so the PDCCH MO that monitors this search space set is located
  • the first 3 symbols of the slot are the 1st symbol, 2nd symbol and 3rd symbol.
  • the number of time slots in the PDCCH MO interval can be called the listening cycle.
  • the minimum unit of the listening period is 1 time slot.
  • Subcarrier a subcarrier is the smallest granularity in the frequency domain.
  • the subcarrier width of one subcarrier also known as subcarrier spacing, is 15kHz; in NR, the subcarrier spacing may be 15kHz, 30kHz, 60kHz or 120kHz.
  • the span pattern also called combination (X, Y), can indicate at least one time unit (or span) occupied by the control channel, where The minimum time-domain symbol interval between starting symbols; Y represents the maximum length of a span.
  • One or more span patterns can also be called one or more (X, Y) combinations.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation mobile communications partnership project
  • the protocol stipulates the maximum number of candidate PDCCHs monitored within each span and the number of non-overlapping CCEs.
  • the terminal device can monitor based on the maximum number of candidate PDCCHs and the number of non-overlapping CCEs within each span. Monitor PDCCH.
  • Table 1 is the upper limit of the number of blind detections within a span in a serving cell under different bandwidth parts (BWP), for different subcarrier intervals and different span patterns (X, Y).
  • the upper limit value is also the maximum number of candidate PDCCHs to be monitored.
  • Table 2 is the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs corresponding to a span pattern (X, Y) under different BWPs and under different subcarriers in a serving cell.
  • a span contains at least one PDCCH MO.
  • the start symbol of a span is the start symbol of a PDCCH MO, and the end symbol of a span is the end symbol of a PDCCH MO. That is, each PDCCH MO is completely included in 1 span. In other words, a PDCCH MO cannot cross the boundary of span.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of two PDCCH MOs.
  • Figure 2 takes the SS set associated with a CORESET with a duration of 3 OFDM symbols as an example, and takes the existence of two SS sets (i.e. SS set #1 and SS set #2) as an example.
  • the starting position of the UE monitoring SS set#1 is the first symbol in a slot, so the PDCCH MO monitoring this SS set#1 is the first 3 symbols of the slot, that is, the first symbol and the second symbol. and the 3rd symbol (see PDCCH MO#1 in Figure 2).
  • the starting position for monitoring SS set#2 by the UE is the 4th symbol in a slot, so the PDCCH MO for monitoring SS set#2 is the 4th symbol, the 5th symbol and the 6th symbol of the slot ( See PDCCH MO#2) in Figure 2.
  • the interval between PDCCH MO#1 and PDCCH MO#2 is 4 OFDM symbols.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably.
  • multiple can also be understood as “at least two”.
  • At least one can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more.
  • including at least one means including one, two or more, and it does not limit which ones are included.
  • it includes at least one of A, B and C, then it can include A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C.
  • “And/or” describes the relationship between related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships.
  • a and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone.
  • the character "/" unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects.
  • first capability information and the second capability information are only to distinguish different capability information, but not to limit the priority or importance of the two capability information.
  • 3GPP version (release) 16 introduced span-based PDCCH monitoring (Span-based PDCCH monitoring). Based on span-level PDCCH monitoring, that is, monitoring PDCCH with span as the granularity. Since span is a shorter time unit than slot, monitoring PDCCH with span as the granularity is equivalent to adding a PDCCH MO in a slot, which also increases the scheduling opportunity of network equipment, which is conducive to network equipment scheduling terminal equipment in a timely manner. Reduce scheduling delay.
  • 3GPP R15 stipulates slot-level PDCCH monitoring, in order to allow network equipment to configure a more reasonable PDCCH monitoring configuration for terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device can report to the network device whether it supports the span-level-based PDCCH monitoring capability.
  • the terminal device reports capability information R16PDCCH monitoring capability to the network device, that is, reports the parameter pdcch-Monitoring-r16.
  • the reported parameter pdcch-Monitoring-r16 belongs to feature group (FG) 11-2.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to monitor PDCCH based on span level by configuring the high-level parameters of a cell (such as RRC parameters) monitoringCapabilityConfig to r16monitoringcapability.
  • the terminal device also reports the supported PDCCH monitoring capabilities to the network device, that is, one or more span patterns supported by the terminal device, or one or more combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device.
  • the network device configures PDCCH configuration for the terminal device according to the capabilities reported by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the span used to monitor the PDCCH according to the PDCCH configuration configured by the network device and the rules for determining the span pattern defined in the 3GPP communication protocol TS38.213.
  • the span pattern of the slot includes (4,3) and (2,2). Since (4,3) corresponds to (2,2) corresponding to And (4,3) corresponds to Greater than (2,2) corresponding to Therefore, the terminal device will determine (4,3) as the span pattern of the slot. That is, the terminal equipment corresponds to (4,3) and Monitor PDCCH within each span.
  • a span can contain at least one PDCCH MO.
  • each symbol within a span may contain a 1-symbol PDCCH MO.
  • the configured SS set is associated with a CORESET with a duration of 1 OFDM symbol. This requires the terminal device to perform a blind detection operation on each symbol within a span, which increases the complexity of the terminal device's blind detection.
  • every two symbols of the 14 symbols in a time slot form a span.
  • the length of each span is 2 symbols, and there are 7 spans in total (time span #1 ⁇ time span #7 in Figure 4 ).
  • each symbol in one time slot contains one PDCCH MO (#0 ⁇ #13 in Figure 4), which requires the terminal equipment to be on each symbol within one slot. All perform PDCCH blind detection operations, which increases the complexity of blind detection of terminal equipment.
  • each symbol appearing in each span may also contain 1 PDCCH MO, requiring the terminal equipment to operate in 1 span
  • Each symbol in the symbol performs a blind detection operation, and the blind detection complexity of the terminal device is also high.
  • the increase in the number of blind detections is not conducive to the terminal equipment meeting the needs of low-latency services, and will additionally increase the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the time for the terminal equipment to process the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) starts from the symbol next to the scheduled PDCCH end symbol and is related to the subcarrier spacing and the processing capabilities of the terminal equipment defined by the communication protocol. . If the PDCCH configured by the network device and the scheduled PDSCH overlap each other. The time for the terminal equipment to process the PDSCH is also related to the number of overlapping symbols between the PDCCH and the scheduled PDSCH. For example, the processing time of the PDSCH of the terminal equipment is related to N 1 and d1,1.
  • N 1 is a value defined by a protocol related to the subcarrier spacing and the processing capability of the terminal device.
  • the processing capability of the terminal equipment is processing capability 2
  • the subcarrier spacing is 30kHz
  • N 1 is 3
  • the unit is OFDM symbol.
  • d1,1 is related to the number of overlapping symbols between PDCCH and scheduled PDSCH, especially when the number of scheduled PDSCH symbols L is relatively short, for example, L is less than or equal to 6.
  • TS38.214 For specific rules, please refer to the description in 3GPP communication protocol TS38.214.
  • the PDCCH currently configured by network equipment based on span patterns may not be able to meet the time domain requirements of low-latency services of terminal equipment.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration.
  • the duration of the span is 2 and the time domain duration of the PDCCH MO included in the span is 2, the number of symbols overlapping the PDCCH and the scheduled PDSCH is larger, resulting in a longer time for the terminal equipment to process the PDSCH. It is not conducive to terminal equipment processing low-latency services.
  • the terminal device can report the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device to the network device, so that the network device determines the PDCCH configuration based on N to try to avoid that each symbol in a span contains 1 symbol.
  • PDCCH MO reduces the complexity of blind detection of terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device can also report to the network device that the terminal device supports the number of start symbols and/or end symbols M of the PDCCH MO within a span. The network device is based on the time domain length N of CORESET reported by the terminal device and the PDCCH MO within a span. The number M of start symbols and/or end symbols is used to configure the PDCCH configuration, thereby reserving more time for the terminal equipment to process the PDSCH, which helps the terminal equipment meet the delay requirements of low-latency services.
  • the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device can be characterized by the capabilities of the terminal device.
  • the number M of start symbols and/or end symbols of PDCCH MO supported by the terminal equipment within a span can also be characterized by the capabilities of the terminal equipment.
  • two capabilities of the terminal device are newly introduced, for example, called the first capability and the second capability.
  • the first capability is used to characterize the time domain length N of the control resource set supported by the terminal device. It can also be understood that the first capability is used to constrain the sustained symbol length of CORESET configured under each span pattern.
  • the second capability is used to characterize the number of start symbols and/or end symbols of the PDCCH MO in a span under the combination (X, Y) supported by the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device may support span-level PDCCH monitoring by default, that is, the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring. It can also be considered that the first capability is weaker than the capability based on span-level PDCCH monitoring.
  • the terminal equipment needs to first support span-level PDCCH monitoring capabilities. Only when the first ability is reported. That is, the terminal device needs to report the first capability first to support or report first or simultaneously report the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability.
  • the terminal device has the second capability, it may be defaulted that the terminal device has the capability based on span-level PDCCH monitoring. In the same way, the second capability is weaker than the capability based on span-level PDCCH monitoring.
  • the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring is characterized by a feature group (FG), such as FG 11-2.
  • FG feature group
  • the first capability and the second capability can also be characterized by a characteristic group.
  • the first ability can be represented by FG 11-2x
  • the second ability can be represented by FG 11-2y. That is, FG 11-2x represents the first ability
  • FG 11-2y represents the second ability. It should be noted that the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific names of the first capability and the second capability.
  • the method may be performed by two communication devices, such as a first device and a second device.
  • the first device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the first device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method (for example, chip system).
  • the second device may be a network device or a communication device that can support the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the second device may be a terminal device or be able to support the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method. communication devices (such as chip systems).
  • the first device is a network device and the second device is a terminal device, or the first device is a network device and the second device is capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • Methods require functional communication devices, etc.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in Figure 1 and the method is executed by the network device and the terminal device.
  • the network device may be a network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1
  • the terminal device may be a terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the embodiments of this application only take execution through network devices and terminal devices as an example, and are not limited to this scenario.
  • the time unit includes at least one continuous time domain symbol.
  • a time unit is a span.
  • taking the control channel as PDCCH as an example, the embodiment of this application does not limit the specific type of the control channel.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device sends first capability information to the network device.
  • the network device receives the first capability information from the terminal device.
  • the first capability information may be used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device. It can also be considered that the first capability information indicates the CORESET configuration of N symbols. Among them, N can be a value, that is, the terminal device only supports one time domain length of CORESET. N can also be a set, that is, the terminal device supports multiple time domain lengths of CORESET. When N is a set, the time domain length of CORESET that can be indicated to be supported by the terminal device can be any element in the set.
  • the first capability information may include parameters, such as N-symbol CORESET configured to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may indicate to the network device the third CORESET that the terminal device has through the indication information carrying the parameter N-symbol CORESET.
  • N-symbol CORESET configured to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may indicate to the network device the third CORESET that the terminal device has through the indication information carrying the parameter N-symbol CORESET.
  • the longest time domain length of CORESET supported by the default terminal device is less than or equal to Y.
  • each symbol in a span may include a PDCCH MO with a duration of 1 symbol, thereby increasing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application clearly indicates the time domain length of CORESET that the terminal device can support through the first capability information, for example, a certain value N smaller than Y. This enables the network device to configure a more reasonable PDCCH configuration according to the first capability information, so as to reduce the complexity of blind detection of the terminal device.
  • N may be an element of a set (for example, called the first set) consisting of different time domain lengths of CORESET supported by the terminal device.
  • the first set can be recorded as ⁇ Y1 ⁇ , ⁇ Y2 ⁇ , ⁇ Y1, Y2,...,Y ⁇ , ⁇ Y1 or Y2 ⁇ ,..., ⁇ , where Y1 and Y2 are both integers less than or equal to Y, Y1 is smaller than Y2.
  • the terminal device may support a time domain length of CORESET. For example, if the terminal device has weak capabilities, N can be Y1; if the terminal device has strong capabilities, N can be Y.
  • the terminal device can support multiple time domain lengths of CORESET.
  • N can be ⁇ Y1, Y2,...,Y ⁇ .
  • the terminal device only supports one time domain length among multiple time domain lengths of CORESET, and N can be ⁇ Y1 or Y2 ⁇ . That is, N is ⁇ Y1 or Y2 ⁇ , which means that for a span pattern, CORESET with a time domain length of Y1 or Y2 is supported. Take the span pattern as (2,2) as an example.
  • the first set may be ⁇ 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1 or 2 ⁇ , and N is an element of the first set. It should be noted that the above implementation form of the first set is only an example, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of elements included in the first set.
  • the first set may be ⁇ 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device sends the first capability information to the network device, that is, the terminal device has the first capability.
  • the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring or the terminal device needs to first support the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability.
  • the terminal device needs to support or report first or report at the same time the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability FG11-2. If the terminal device not only sends the first capability information to the network device, but also reports the parameter pdcch-Monitoring-r16 to the network device, that is, reports to the network device that the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring, then the network device based on the first capability information
  • the terminal device sends PDCCH configuration.
  • the scope of the first capability may be for terminal equipment, cell, frequency band, carrier or frequency band combination (band combination, BC). It can also be considered that the first capability information can be at the terminal equipment level, or at the cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level.
  • the granularity of the first capability information is terminal equipment level, cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level.
  • the granularity of the first capability information can be referred to as a feature set (FS).
  • the FS may be at FS level, cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level, etc.
  • the first capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on all BWPs of the first cell. That is, the first capability is applied to the first cell.
  • the time domain length of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment in a cell other than the first cell may not be N.
  • the first capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. That is, the first capability applies to the first frequency band.
  • the first capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band combination. That is, the first capability applies to the first frequency band combination.
  • the first capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier. That is, the first capability applies to one carrier.
  • the first capability information sent by the terminal device can indicate that the supported time domain length N of CORESET can be applied to all frequency band combinations, frequency bands, all cells, carriers within the frequency band, etc. .
  • the first capability information may be that the terminal device supports a certain combination (X, Y) among all combinations (X, Y).
  • the terminal device supports the combination (2,2), N is 1, and the first capability information indicates that only CORESET time domain symbol length equal to 1 is supported within a span of (2,2), which can also be understood as that for (2,2) ) the number of start symbols and/or end symbols of PDCCH MOs in a span is 1, or all PDCCH MOs or all candidate PDCCHs included in a span are on the same OFDM symbol.
  • a parameter may be introduced for each combination (X, Y), which may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device.
  • the first capability information may include the parameter "PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16", that is, one combination (X, Y) of at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one N.
  • the parameter "PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16” that is, one combination (X, Y) of at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one N.
  • period7span3 represents the span pattern (7,3)
  • period4span3 represents the span pattern (4,3)
  • period2span2 represents the span pattern (2,2).
  • the first capability information may also be for the terminal device supporting all (X, Y) in the combination (X, Y).
  • N is 1, and the first capability information indicates that for the combinations (2,2), (4,3) and (7,3) Only CORESET time domain symbol length equal to 1 is supported within a span.
  • the number of symbols and/or end symbols is 1, or all PDCCH MOs or all candidate PDCCHs included in a span are on the same OFDM symbol.
  • a parameter may be introduced for all combinations (X, Y), which may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device for all combinations (X, Y). . That is, at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N.
  • the network device determines the control channel configuration information according to the first capability information, and sends the control channel configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the control channel configuration information from the network device.
  • the control channel may be PDCCH (this is used as an example below).
  • the network device may determine PDCCH configuration information according to the first capability information, and the PDCCH configuration information may be used by the terminal device to determine at least one time unit (ie, at least one span) occupied by the PDCCH.
  • the PDCCH configuration information may include search space set configuration information, CORESET configuration information, etc., and may be used by the terminal device to determine the combination (X, Y). Specifically, the terminal equipment can determine the combination (X, Y) according to the PDCCH configuration information and the rules for determining the span pattern specified in the 3GPP communication standard protocol TS38.213.
  • PDCCH configuration information can be carried in RRC signaling, which can be an RRC configuration message or an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device.
  • the network device can only configure the CORESET duration symbol to be N.
  • each search space set is only associated with CORESETs with a duration of N symbols.
  • the PDCCH configuration configured by the network equipment according to the first capability information may have the following situations.
  • N 1
  • the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs are separated by P time domain symbols, where P is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • P is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • two adjacent PDCCH MOs with overlapping time domains on the same symbol do not include two completely overlapping PDCCH MOs.
  • complete overlap can be understood as the starting symbols of the two PDCCH MOs are the same symbol, and the ending symbols of the two PDCCH MOs are also the same symbol.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a new rule for determining the span pattern, and it can also be considered that it provides a constraint for determining the span pattern.
  • N 1, for combination (2,2), it is stipulated that there is at least 1 symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs, and the span pattern of (2,1) can be achieved.
  • the span pattern of (4,3) the span pattern of (4,1) can be implemented.
  • the span pattern of (7,1) the span pattern of (7,1) can be implemented.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration.
  • “#1 ⁇ #7” in Figure 7 refers to span#1 ⁇ span#7, which is 7 time spans.
  • the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 2.
  • the interval between two adjacent PDCCH MOs can be configured to be 1 symbol, thereby achieving combination (2,1).
  • the configured SS set is associated with CORESET with a duration of 1 symbol, not every symbol in 1 time slot (or span) has 1 PDCCH MO, which can reduce the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment.
  • Spend is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration.
  • the duration of the PDCCH MO is 1 symbol.
  • the PDSCH and the scheduled PDCCH overlap with fewer symbols, thereby reserving more symbols for the terminal equipment. processing time.
  • the starting time of processing the PDCCH starts from the second symbol.
  • the time to start processing the PDCCH is earlier. Therefore, compared with Figure 5, the starting time of processing PDSCH in Figure 7 is also earlier.
  • the processing time of the PDSCH is shorter than the processing time of the PDSCH in Figure 5, so that the terminal equipment can process the PDSCH as quickly as possible. It can be seen that the configuration shown in Figure 7 reserves more processing time for the terminal device, which is helpful for the terminal device to meet the needs of low-latency services.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration.
  • “#1 ⁇ #3” in Figure 8 refers to span#1 ⁇ span#3, which are 3 time spans.
  • the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 4.
  • the start symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs can be configured to be separated by at least 1 symbol, thereby achieving combination (4,1).
  • the configured SS set is associated with CORESET with a duration of 1 symbol
  • not every symbol in 1 time slot (or span) has 1 PDCCH MO, which can reduce the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment.
  • the duration of PDCCH MO is 1 symbol, and the overlapping symbols of PDSCH and scheduled PDCCH are fewer, which can reserve more processing time for terminal equipment and help terminal equipment meet the needs of low-latency services.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration.
  • “#1 ⁇ #2” in Figure 9 refers to span#1 ⁇ span#2, which are 2 time spans.
  • the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 7.
  • the start symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs can be configured to be separated by at least 1 symbol, thereby achieving combination (7,1).
  • the configured SS set is associated with CORESET with a duration of 1 symbol
  • not every symbol in 1 time slot (or span) has 1 PDCCH MO, which can reduce the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment.
  • the duration of PDCCH MO is 1 symbol, and there are fewer overlapping symbols between PDSCH and scheduled PDCCH, which can reserve more processing time for terminal equipment and help terminal equipment meet the needs of low-latency services.
  • two adjacent PDCCH MOs do not include two completely overlapping PDCCH MOs, nor do they include partially overlapping PDCCH MOs.
  • Two completely overlapping PDCCH MOs refer to the same starting symbols of the two PDCCH MOs, and the same ending symbols of the two PDCCH MOs.
  • Two partially overlapping PDCCH MOs include two PDCCH MOs with the same starting symbols but different lengths, and two PDCCH MOs with the same ending symbols but different lengths. Among them, two PDCCH MOs that completely overlap or partially overlap are located in the same span.
  • the second situation can be understood as providing a new rule for determining the span pattern, or providing a constraint for determining the span pattern.
  • the span pattern of (7,2) can be implemented.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration.
  • the sub-symbol sets of two adjacent PDCCH MOs are not adjacent.
  • the end symbol of the previous PDCCH MO and the start symbol of the next PDCCH MO in the two adjacent PDCCH MOs are not adjacent. separated by at least 1 symbol.
  • the starting symbol of PDCCH MO#1 and the starting symbol of PDCCH MO#2 in Figure 10 are separated by 2 symbols. Since a PDCCH MO does not span the boundary of a time slot, the starting symbols of PDCCH MO#4 and PDCCH#1 are the same, that is, the interval between the starting symbols of PDCCH MO#4 and the starting symbols of PDCCH#1 is 0 symbol. It can be seen that the combination (4,2) can be realized in Figure 10.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration.
  • the sub-symbol sets of two adjacent PDCCH MOs are not adjacent. It can also be considered that the end symbol of the previous PDCCH MO and the start symbol of the next PDCCH MO in the two adjacent PDCCH MOs are not adjacent. separated by at least 1 symbol.
  • the starting symbol of PDCCH MO#1 and the starting symbol of PDCCH MO#2 in Figure 11 are separated by 7 symbols. Since a PDCCH MO does not span the boundary of a time slot, as shown in Figure 11, the starting symbols of PDCCH MO#4 and PDCCH#1 are the same, and the starting symbols of PDCCH MO#2 and PDCCH#3 are the same. It can be seen that the combination (7,2) can be realized in Figure 11.
  • the network device will not include both a CORESET with a time domain length of 1 and a CORESET with a time domain length of 2 in the PDCCH configuration.
  • the network device will only select a CORESET with a time domain length for PDCCH configuration.
  • the network device can only configure the CORESET persistence symbol to be 2.
  • the network device can only configure the CORESET persistence symbol to be 2.
  • the above example takes the terminal device reporting the first capability information to the network device and the network device configuring the PDCCH configuration according to the first capability information to avoid that each symbol in a span includes one PDCCH MO. This will not increase the blind detection complexity of the terminal device, and can reserve more processing time for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can meet the needs of low-latency services.
  • the terminal device can also report the second capability to the network device, and the network device configures the PDCCH configuration based on the first capability information and the second capability supported by the terminal device.
  • This scheme can also avoid that each symbol within a span includes 1 PDCCH MO.
  • it can also enable the terminal equipment to process PDCCH uniformly within a span, further reducing the complexity of the terminal equipment.
  • reporting the second capability by the terminal device is not mandatory, so the following S603 is illustrated with a dotted line in Figure 6 , indicating that S603 is an optional step and is not a step that must be executed. The solution is introduced below.
  • the terminal device sends the second capability information to the network device, and accordingly, the network device receives the second capability information from the terminal device.
  • the second capability information may be used to indicate that the terminal equipment supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span.
  • M can be a value or a set.
  • M ⁇ 1, an integer greater than 1 ⁇ , indicating that the terminal equipment supports the number of start symbols or end symbols of PDCCH MO within a span, which can be 1 or multiple.
  • the terminal device sends the second capability information to the network device, that is, the terminal device has the second capability.
  • the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring or the terminal device needs to first support the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability.
  • the terminal equipment needs to support or report first or simultaneously report the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability FG11-2. If the terminal device not only sends the second capability information to the network device, but also reports the parameter pdcch-Monitoring-r16 to the network device, that is, reports to the network device that the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring, then the network device gives priority to based on the second capability information. Send the PDCCH configuration to the terminal device.
  • the scope of the second capability may be directed to terminal equipment, cells, frequency bands, carriers, or combinations of frequency bands. It can also be considered that the second capability information can be at the terminal equipment level, or at the cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level. In other words, the granularity of the second capability information is terminal equipment level, cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level. For convenience of description, the granularity of the second capability information can be referred to as a feature set (FS).
  • the FS may be at FS level, cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level, etc.
  • the second capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the starting symbols and/or ending symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal device on all BWPs of the first cell.
  • the number of M That is, the first capability is applied to the first cell.
  • the number of starting symbols and/or ending symbols of the PDCCH MO in a span supported by the terminal equipment in a cell other than the first cell may not be M.
  • the second capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the number of start symbols and/or end symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. . That is, the second capability is applied to the first frequency band.
  • the second capability information sent by the terminal equipment may indicate the start symbol and/or end symbol of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal equipment on the first frequency band combination. number. That is, the second capability applies to the first frequency band combination. The number of starting symbols and/or ending symbols of PDCCH MO in a span supported by the terminal equipment on all cells or all carriers or all component carriers in each frequency band included in the first frequency band combination.
  • the second capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the number of starting symbols and/or ending symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal device on the first carrier. . That is, the second capability applies to one carrier.
  • the second capability information sent by the terminal equipment can indicate that the number of starting symbols and/or ending symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported can be applied to all frequency band combinations. , frequency band, all cells and carriers within the frequency band, etc.
  • the second capability information may be a certain one (X, Y) among all combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment supports the combination (2,2)
  • M is 1
  • the second capability information indicates that the number of start symbols and/or end symbols of the PDCCH MO in a span of (2,2) is 1, or, All PDCCH MOs or all candidate PDCCHs included in a span are on the same OFDM symbol.
  • a parameter can be introduced for each combination (X, Y), which can indicate the number of start symbols or end symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal equipment. That is, each combination in at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one M.
  • the second capability information may include the parameter "PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16", whose implementation form is as follows:
  • the above example takes the existence of three span patterns (2,2), (4,3) and (7,3).
  • period7span3 represents the span pattern (7,3)
  • period4span3 represents the span pattern (4,3)
  • period2span2 represents the span pattern (2,2).
  • the network device is configured in 1 Each span can be configured with PDCCH MOs of different lengths. The starting symbols of different PDCCH MOs can be different, but the ending symbols are the same.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH.
  • Figure 12 takes the span pattern (4,3) as an example.
  • time span #1 is configured with two PDCCH MOs (#1 and #2 respectively).
  • the end symbols of these two PDCCH MOs are the same, which is symbol 1.
  • Time span #2 is configured with 2 PDCCH MOs (#1 and #2 respectively).
  • the end symbols of these two PDCCH MOs are the same, which is symbol 5.
  • Time span #3 is configured with 1 PDCCH (i.e. #1), and the end symbol of this PDCCH MO is symbol 9.
  • time span #1 is configured with 3 PDCCH MOs (#1, #2 and #3 respectively), among which, the end symbol of PDCCH MO#1 is symbol 0, PDCCH MO#2 and PDCCH MO# The ending symbol of 3 is symbol 1.
  • Time span #2 is configured with 3 PDCCH MOs (#1, #2 and #3 respectively). Among them, the end symbol of PDCCH MO#1 is symbol 4, the end symbol of PDCCH MO#2 is symbol 5, and the end symbol of PDCCH MO# is symbol 5. The ending symbol of 3 is the symbol 5.
  • Time span #3 is configured with 1 PDCCH (i.e. #1), and the end symbol of this PDCCH MO is symbol 8.
  • the second capability information may also be for the terminal device supporting all (X, Y) in the combination (X, Y).
  • M is 1, and the second capability information indicates the starting symbol of the PDCCH MO within a span of (2,2) and/or The number of end symbols is 1, or all PDCCH MOs or all candidate PDCCHs included in a span are on the same OFDM symbol.
  • a parameter can be introduced for all combinations (X, Y), which can indicate the number M of start symbols or end symbols of PDCCH MO in a span supported by the terminal equipment for all combinations (X, Y). . That is, at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M.
  • the second capability information includes "PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16".
  • control channel configuration configured by the network device according to the second capability information may have the following situations.
  • the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the CORESET with a time domain length of 1 symbol and the end symbol of the PDCCH MO in a span is 1, which can be implemented as (2,1) span pattern.
  • the span pattern (4,3) it can be realized as the span pattern of (4,1); for the span pattern (7,3), it can be realized as the span pattern of (7,1).
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH.
  • “#1 ⁇ #7” in Figure 13 refers to span#1 ⁇ span#7, which is 7 time spans.
  • the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 1 symbol, which can be configured according to the number of end symbols of different PDCCH MOs being 1.
  • the time domain length of a PDCCH MO is 1 symbol, as shown in Figure 13, and the combination (2,1) can be achieved.
  • the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the CORESET with a time domain length of 1 symbol and the end symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span of 2, which can be implemented as (4,2 ) span pattern.
  • the span pattern of (7,2) can be implemented.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH.
  • “#1 ⁇ #3” in Figure 14 refers to span#1 ⁇ span#3, which are 3 time spans.
  • Network equipment can configure PDCCH MOs of different lengths in one span. As shown in Figure 14, the time domain length of PDCCH MO#4 in span#2 is 1 symbol, and the time domain length of PDCCH MO#2 is 1 symbol. , as shown in Figure 14, the combination (4,2) can be achieved.
  • the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the CORESET with a time domain length of 2 symbols and the end symbol of the PDCCH MO within a span is 1, which can be implemented as (4,2 ) span pattern.
  • the span pattern of (7,2) can be implemented.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH.
  • “#1 ⁇ #3” in Figure 15 refers to span#1 ⁇ span#3, which are 3 time spans.
  • the combination (4,2) can be achieved.
  • the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the CORESET with a time domain length of 2 symbols and the end symbol of the PDCCH MO within a span is 1, which can be implemented as (4,2 ) span pattern.
  • the span pattern of (7,2) can be implemented.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH.
  • “#1 ⁇ #2” in Figure 16 refers to span#1 ⁇ span#2, which are 2 time spans.
  • the combination (7,2) can be achieved.
  • the above example takes the terminal device reporting the first capability information and the second capability information to the network device, and the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the first capability information, so as to avoid that each symbol in a span includes one PDCCH MO. This will not increase the blind detection complexity of the terminal device, and can reserve more processing time for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can meet the needs of low-latency services.
  • network equipment can configure PDCCH MOs of different lengths in one span.
  • the start symbols of different PDCCH MOs can be different, but the end symbols are the same, so that the terminal equipment can uniformly process PDCCH within a span and reduce the complexity of the terminal equipment.
  • the solution is introduced below.
  • the first time span includes MO1 and MO3, that is, 2 PDCCH MOs , MO1 and MO3 have the same ending symbol but different lengths.
  • the second time span includes MO2 and MO4, which have the same end symbol and the same length.
  • the first time span includes MO1 and MO3, that is, 2 PDCCH MO, MO1 and MO3
  • the ending symbols are the same but the lengths are different.
  • the second time span includes MO2 and MO4, which have the same end symbol and the same length.
  • the first time span includes MO1 and MO3, that is, 2 PDCCH MOs, MO1 and MO4
  • the ending symbols are the same but the lengths are different.
  • the second time span includes MO2 and MO3.
  • MO2 and MO3 have the same end symbol and the same length.
  • the terminal device reports the second capability information to the network device, and the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the second capability information as an example to avoid that each symbol in a span includes one PDCCH MO. This will not increase the blind detection complexity of the terminal device, and can reserve more processing time for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can meet the needs of low-latency services.
  • the network device sends the control channel in at least one time unit, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the control channel from the network device in at least one time unit.
  • the terminal device can determine the span pattern, that is, at least one time unit, based on the control channel configuration information sent by the network device and the rules for determining the span pattern. Thereby the terminal device can receive the control channel at least one time.
  • the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspective of interaction between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the first device and the second device may include a hardware structure and/or a software module to implement the above-mentioned functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • a hardware structure e.g., a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • Each function Whether one of the above functions is performed as a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1800 may include a processing module 1810 and a transceiver module 1820.
  • a storage unit may also be included, which may be used to store instructions (code or programs) and/or data.
  • the processing module 1810 and the transceiver module 1820 can be coupled with the storage unit.
  • the processing module 1810 can read the instructions (code or program) and/or data in the storage unit to implement the corresponding method.
  • Each of the above modules can be set up independently or partially or fully integrated.
  • the communication device 1800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1800 can be a terminal device or a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in the terminal device. It may also be a chip or a chipset in the terminal device or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions.
  • the transceiver module 1820 is configured to send first capability information to the network device, receive control channel configuration information from the network device, and receive the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, and the length of each time unit is N.
  • the time unit is span, and the span includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is less than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800, including: the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of the CORESET supported by the communication device 1800 on the first frequency band. Domain length N; or, the A capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800 on the first cell; or, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800 in the first frequency band combination, Wherein, the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800 on the first carrier.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800, including: the first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports N, where, A combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N.
  • the transceiver module 1820 is also configured to send second capability information to the network device.
  • the second capability information is used to instruct the communication device 1800 to support the start symbol and/or control channel monitoring opportunity within a time unit. Or the number M of end symbols, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the communication device 1800 supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the first capability information indicates at least one Whether the combination (X, Y) supports M, where one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M.
  • the transceiver module 1820 is configured to send the second capability information to the network device, receive control channel configuration information from the network device, and receive the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information.
  • the processing module 1810 is used to determine second capability information.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the communication device 1800 supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the first capability information indicates at least one Whether the combination (X, Y) supports M, where one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M.
  • the communication device 1800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1800 can be a network device or a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in the network device. It may also be a chip or a chipset in a network device or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions.
  • the transceiving module 1820 is configured to receive the first capability information from the terminal device, send the control channel configuration information to the terminal device, and send the control channel within at least one time unit.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device.
  • the control information configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, and the length of each time unit is N.
  • the time unit includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is smaller than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  • control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit.
  • the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are spaced M time domain symbols, M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. N; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment in the first frequency band combination. Length N, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports N, where a A combination (X,Y) corresponds to an N, or, to One less combination (X,Y) corresponds to one N.
  • the transceiver module 1820 is also configured to receive second capability information from the terminal device.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the start symbol or end of the control channel monitoring opportunity within a time unit.
  • the number of symbols, M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the second capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M.
  • the transceiving module 1820 is also used to receive third capability information from the terminal device.
  • the processing module 1810 is configured to determine control channel configuration information according to the first capability information and/or the second capability information.
  • the third capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports control channel monitoring based on time unit level.
  • the transceiving module 1820 is configured to receive the second capability information from the terminal device, send control channel configuration information to the terminal device, and send the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information.
  • the processing module 1810 is used to determine the control channel.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit.
  • the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the second capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M.
  • processing module 1810 in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 1820 can be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components or a communication interface.
  • FIG 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1900 may be a terminal device and can implement the functions of the terminal device in the method provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 1900 may also be a device that can support the terminal device to implement the corresponding functions in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, wherein the communication device 1900 may be a chip system.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 1900 may also be a network device and can implement the functions of the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1900 may also be a device that can support network equipment to implement corresponding functions in the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, wherein the communication device 1900 may be a chip system.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. For specific functions, please refer to the description in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1900 includes one or more processors 1901, which can be used to implement or support the communication device 1900 to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method example and will not be repeated here.
  • One or more processors 1901 may also be used to implement or support the communication device 1900 in implementing the functions of the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method example and will not be repeated here.
  • the processor 1901 can also be called a processing unit or processing module, and can implement certain control functions.
  • the processor 1901 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor, or the like.
  • central processing unit For example, include: central processing unit, application processor, modem processor, graphics processor, image signal processor, digital signal processor, video codec processor, controller, memory, and/or neural network processor wait.
  • the central processing unit may be used to control the communication device 1900, execute software programs and/or process data.
  • Different processors may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors, for example, integrated on one or more application specific integrated circuits.
  • the communication device 1900 includes one or more memories 1902 to store instructions 1904, which can be executed on the processor 1901, so that the communication device 1900 executes the method described in the above method embodiment.
  • the memory 1902 and the processor 1901 may be provided separately or integrated together, or the memory 1902 and the processor 1901 may be considered coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • Processor 1901 may cooperate with memory 1902. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor. It should be noted that the memory 1902 is not necessary, so it is illustrated with a dotted line in FIG. 19 .
  • the memory 1902 may also store data.
  • the processor and memory can be provided separately or integrated together.
  • the memory 1902 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk (hard, disk, drive, HDD). Or solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or volatile memory (volatile, memory), such as random-access memory (random-access, memory, RAM).
  • Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, used to store program instructions and/or data.
  • the communication device 1900 may include instructions 1903 (sometimes also referred to as codes or programs), and the instructions 1903 may be executed on the processor, causing the communication device 1900 to perform the methods described in the above embodiments.
  • Data may be stored in processor 1901.
  • the communication device 1900 may also include a transceiver 1905 and an antenna 1906.
  • the transceiver 1905 may be called a transceiver unit, transceiver module, transceiver, transceiver circuit, transceiver, input/output interface, etc., and is used to realize the transceiver function of the communication device 1900 through the antenna 1906.
  • the processor 1901 and transceiver 1905 described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuits (ICs), analog ICs, radio frequency identification (RFID), mixed signal ICs, ASICs, printed circuit boards (printed circuit boards) board, PCB), or electronic equipment, etc.
  • the communication device that implements the communication described in this article can be an independent device (for example, an independent integrated circuit, a mobile phone, etc.), or it can be a part of a larger device (for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices).
  • ICs integrated circuits
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • ASICs integrated circuits
  • PCB printed circuit boards
  • the communication device that implements the communication described in this article can be an independent device (for example, an independent integrated circuit, a mobile phone, etc.), or it can be a part of a larger device (for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices).
  • the description of terminal equipment and network equipment will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device 1900 may also include one or more of the following components: a wireless communication module, an audio module, an external memory interface, an internal memory, a universal serial bus (USB) interface, a power management module, and an antenna. Speakers, microphones, input and output modules, sensor modules, motors, cameras, or displays, etc. It can be understood that in some embodiments, the communication device 1900 may include more or fewer components, or some components may be integrated, or some components may be separated. These components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the communication device in the above embodiments may be a terminal device (or network device) or a circuit, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device (or network device) or other devices having the above terminal device functions (or Network equipment) combined devices, components, etc.
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the transceiver module may be a radio frequency unit
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the communication device can be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (system on chip) , SoC), it can also be a CPU, it can be a network processor (network processor, NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU) , it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chip.
  • the processing module may be a processor of a chip system.
  • the transceiver module or communication interface may be the input/output interface or interface circuit of the chip system.
  • the interface circuit may be a code/data read and write interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit can be used to receive code instructions (code instructions are stored in the memory and can be read directly from the memory, or can also be read from the memory through other devices) and transmitted to the processor; the processor can be used to run all The code instructions are used to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • the interface circuit may also be a signal transmission interface circuit between the communication processor and the transceiver.
  • the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit and/or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be an integrated processor or microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes at least one terminal device and at least one network device.
  • the communication system includes terminal equipment and network equipment used to implement the related functions of Figure 6 mentioned above.
  • terminal equipment and network equipment used to implement the related functions of Figure 6 mentioned above.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which includes instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device in Figure 6 .
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device in Figure 6 .
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for realizing the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method; or for realizing the functions of the network device in the foregoing method.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions to enable a A computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) executes all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus. The communication method comprises: a terminal device sends first capability information to a network device, receives control channel configuration information from the network device, and receives a control channel in at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information. The first capability information is used for indicating a time domain length N of a CORESET supported by the terminal device. The control channel configuration information is used for determining the at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, wherein the length of each time unit is N. By means of the method, the network device determines a PDCCH configuration on the basis of N reported by the terminal device, so that each symbol in one time unit can be prevented from comprising one symbol of PDCCH MO, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection of the terminal device.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2022年08月20日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202211002074.X、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on August 20, 2022, with application number 202211002074.X and application title "A communication method and device", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference. in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)用于承载网络设备发送给终端设备的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。终端设备监听PDCCH,从而确定该PDCCH承载的DCI。一种终端设备监听PDCCH的方式为终端设备以时间跨度(span)为粒度监听PDCCH,也就是,终端设备在小区上根据协议规定的每个span的最大候选PDCCH的数量和不重叠的控制信道元素(control channel element,CCE)的个数监听PDCCH。The physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) is used to carry downlink control information (DCI) sent by network equipment to terminal equipment. The terminal equipment monitors the PDCCH to determine the DCI carried by the PDCCH. A way for the terminal equipment to monitor the PDCCH is for the terminal equipment to monitor the PDCCH at the time span (span) granularity. That is, the terminal equipment monitors the maximum number of candidate PDCCHs and non-overlapping control channel elements for each span in the cell according to the protocol. (control channel element, CCE) number to monitor PDCCH.
目前协议定义了几种span图案(pattern),也称为组合(X,Y),其中,X表示为两个相邻span(连续span)的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔;Y表示一个span的最大长度。1个span包含至少1个PDCCH监听时机(PDCCH monitoring occasion,PDCCH MO)。在可能的场景中,一个span内的每个符号都包含了1个符号的PDCCH MO,这就需要终端设备在一个span内的每个符号上都执行盲检测操作,增加了终端设备盲检测的复杂度。The current protocol defines several span patterns, also called combinations (X, Y), where X represents the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent spans (continuous spans); Y Represents the maximum length of a span. 1 span contains at least 1 PDCCH monitoring opportunity (PDCCH monitoring occasion, PDCCH MO). In a possible scenario, each symbol in a span contains 1 symbol of PDCCH MO, which requires the terminal equipment to perform a blind detection operation on each symbol in a span, increasing the difficulty of blind detection by the terminal equipment. the complexity.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用于降低终端设备盲检测PDCCH的复杂度。This application provides a communication method and device for reducing the complexity of blind detection of PDCCH by terminal equipment.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可由通信装置执行,该通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备是终端设备为例进行描述。示例性地,所述通信装置为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片,或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。In the first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method that can be executed by a communication device. The communication device can be a communication device or a communication device that can support the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description takes the communication device as a terminal device as an example. Illustratively, the communication device is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device, or other components used to implement functions of the terminal device.
所述通信方法包括:终端设备向网络设备发送第一能力信息,接收来自网络设备的控制信道配置信息,以及根据该控制信道配置信息在至少一个时间单元内接收控制信道。其中,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的控制资源集合(control resource set,CORESET)的时域长度N。控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,每个时间单元的长度为N。The communication method includes: the terminal device sends first capability information to the network device, receives control channel configuration information from the network device, and receives the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information. The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of a control resource set (CORESET) supported by the terminal device. The control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, and the length of each time unit is N.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可向网络设备上报终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,从而网络设备基于N确定PDCCH配置,以尽量避免一个时间单元内的每个符号都包含1个符号的PDCCH MO,从而降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device can report the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device to the network device, so that the network device determines the PDCCH configuration based on N to try to avoid that each symbol in a time unit contains 1 symbol. PDCCH MO, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection of terminal equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,时间单元为span,所述span包括Z个连续的时域符号,且Z小于一个时隙包括的符号个数。In a possible implementation, the time unit is span, and the span includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is less than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
在一种可能的实现方式中,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,N=1,组合(X,Y)为(2,2)、(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔P个时域符号,P为大于或等于1的整数,一个时间单元包括至少一个控制信道监听时机。In a possible implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, N=1, the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by P Time domain symbol, P is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
该方案提供了确定组合(X,Y)的一种约束条件,也就是新提供了确定组合(X,Y)的一种规则。即如果N=1,相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔至少一个时域符号。网络设备配置组合(X,Y)对应的PDCCH配置时,配置CORESET的持续符号为1。这样针对组合(X,Y),例如组合(2,2)、组合(4,3)或组合(7,3),相应的,可实现组合(2,1)、组合(4,1)或组合(7,1),可以避免一个时间单元内的每个符号都包含1个符号的PDCCH MO,从而降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度。另外,PDCCH MO的持续时间为1个符号,PDSCH和调度的PDCCH重叠的符号更少,可为终端设备预留更多的处理时间,有利于终端设备满足低延时业务的需求。 This solution provides a constraint for determining the combination (X, Y), that is, it provides a new rule for determining the combination (X, Y). That is, if N=1, the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by at least one time domain symbol. When the network device configures the PDCCH corresponding to the combination (X, Y), configure the continuous symbol of CORESET to 1. In this way, for combination (X,Y), such as combination (2,2), combination (4,3) or combination (7,3), correspondingly, combination (2,1), combination (4,1) or combination can be realized Combining (7,1) can avoid that each symbol in a time unit contains a PDCCH MO of 1 symbol, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment. In addition, the duration of PDCCH MO is 1 symbol, and the overlapping symbols of PDSCH and scheduled PDCCH are fewer, which can reserve more processing time for terminal equipment and help terminal equipment meet the needs of low-latency services.
在一种可能的实现方式中,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,N=2,组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔Q个时域符号,Q大于或等于X。In a possible implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, N=2, the combination (X, Y) is (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domain symbols, and Q is greater than Or equal to X.
该方案提供了确定组合(X,Y)的一种约束条件,也就是新提供了确定组合(X,Y)的一种规则。即如果N=2,相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔Q个时域符号。需要说明的是,相邻的两个控制信道监听时机不包括完全重叠的两个控制信道监听时机,也不包括部分重叠的两个控制信道监听时机。网络设备配置组合(X,Y)对应的PDCCH配置时,配置CORESET的持续符号为2。这样针对组合(X,Y),例如组合(4,3)或组合(7,3),相应的,可实现组合(4,2)或组合(7,2),以避免一个时间单元内的每个符号都包含1个符号的PDCCH MO,从而降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度。另外,PDCCH MO的持续时间减少,PDSCH和调度的PDCCH重叠的符号更少,可为终端设备预留更多的处理时间,有利于终端设备满足低延时业务的需求。This solution provides a constraint for determining the combination (X, Y), that is, it provides a new rule for determining the combination (X, Y). That is, if N=2, the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domain symbols. It should be noted that two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities do not include two completely overlapping control channel monitoring opportunities, nor do they include two partially overlapping control channel monitoring opportunities. When the network device configures the PDCCH corresponding to the combination (X, Y), configure the CORESET persistence symbol to 2. In this way, for combination (X, Y), such as combination (4,3) or combination (7,3), correspondingly, combination (4,2) or combination (7,2) can be implemented to avoid Each symbol contains the PDCCH MO of 1 symbol, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment. In addition, the duration of PDCCH MO is reduced, and there are fewer overlapping symbols between PDSCH and scheduled PDCCH, which can reserve more processing time for terminal equipment and help terminal equipment meet the needs of low-latency services.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:第一能力信息用于指示终端设备在第一频段上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一小区上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一频段组合内支持的CORESET的时域长度N,其中,第一频段组合包括至少两个频段;或者,第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一载波上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。In a possible implementation, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. N; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of the CORESET supported by the terminal equipment in the first frequency band combination. The time domain length N of CORESET, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier.
本申请实施例对第一能力信息的适用范围不作限制,例如,该第一能力信息可以是针对终端设备的,也可以是针对小区的,或者针对频段或频段组合。The embodiments of this application do not limit the scope of application of the first capability information. For example, the first capability information may be for terminal equipment, for cells, or for frequency bands or frequency band combinations.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述N,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个N,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个N。In a possible implementation, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the N, where , a combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N.
本申请实施例中,第一能力信息可以是针对终端设备支持的组合(X,Y)中的某一个(X,Y),也可以是针对终端设备支持组合(X,Y)中所有的(X,Y)。In the embodiment of the present application, the first capability information may be for one (X, Y) of the combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device, or may be for all (X, Y) of the combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device. X,Y).
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:终端设备向网络设备发送第二能力信息,该第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数M,M为大于或等于1的整数。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: the terminal device sending second capability information to the network device, the second capability information being used to instruct the terminal device to support the start symbol and the control channel monitoring opportunity within a time unit. /or the number of end symbols M, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
该方案提供了确定组合(X,Y)的一种约束条件,也就是新提供了确定组合(X,Y)的一种规则。即终端设备除了向网络设备上报所支持的CORESET的时域长度N,还可向网络设备上报终端设备支持一个时间单元内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号个数M。从而网络设备基于终端设备上报的时域长度N和M来配置PDCCH配置,以尽量避免一个span内的每个符号都包含1个符号的PDCCH MO,降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度。且可为终端设备处理PDSCH预留更多的时间,有助于终端设备满足低延时业务的时延需求。同时,还可以使得终端设备在一个时间单元内能够统一处理PDCCH,从这个角度来说,也可以降低终端设备的复杂度。This solution provides a constraint for determining the combination (X, Y), that is, it provides a new rule for determining the combination (X, Y). That is, in addition to reporting the supported CORESET time domain length N to the network device, the terminal device can also report to the network device the number M of start symbols and/or end symbols of the PDCCH MO supported by the terminal device within a time unit. Therefore, the network device configures the PDCCH configuration based on the time domain lengths N and M reported by the terminal device to try to avoid each symbol in a span containing a 1-symbol PDCCH MO and reduce the complexity of blind detection by the terminal device. And more time can be reserved for terminal equipment to process PDSCH, which helps terminal equipment meet the delay requirements of low-latency services. At the same time, it can also enable the terminal equipment to process the PDCCH uniformly within a time unit. From this perspective, it can also reduce the complexity of the terminal equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,针对组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),N和M满足如下的一种或多种:N=1,M=1;N=1,M小于或等于2;N=2,M=1;或者,N为{1,2},M=1。In a possible implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, for the combination (X, Y) to be (4,3) or (7,3), N and M satisfy one or more of the following: N=1, M=1; N=1, M is less than or equal to 2; N=2, M=1; or, N is {1,2}, M=1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M。In a possible implementation, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the first capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports M, where one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M.
本申请实施例中,第二能力信息可以是针对终端设备支持的组合(X,Y)中的某一个(X,Y),也可以是针对终端设备支持组合(X,Y)中所有的(X,Y)。In the embodiment of the present application, the second capability information may be for one (X, Y) of the combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device, or may be for all (X, Y) of the combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device. X,Y).
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可由通信装置执行,该通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备是终端设备为例进行描述。示例性地,所述通信装置为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片,或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。In the second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method that can be executed by a communication device. The communication device can be a communication device or a communication device that can support the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description takes the communication device as a terminal device as an example. Illustratively, the communication device is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device, or other components used to implement functions of the terminal device.
所述通信方法包括:终端设备向网络设备发送第二能力信息,接收来自网络设备的控制信道配置信 息,以及根据该控制信道配置信息在至少一个时间单元内接收控制信道。其中,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M。控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元。通过该方案可以使得终端设备在一个时间单元内能够统一处理PDCCH,从而降低终端设备的复杂度。The communication method includes: the terminal device sends the second capability information to the network device, and receives the control channel configuration information from the network device. information, and receiving a control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information. The second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit. The control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel. Through this solution, the terminal equipment can process the PDCCH uniformly within a time unit, thereby reducing the complexity of the terminal equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:第二能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M。In a possible implementation, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the second capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports M, where one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可由通信装置执行,该通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备是网络设备为例进行描述。示例性地,所述通信装置为网络设备,或者为设置在网络设备中的芯片,或者为用于实现网络设备的功能的其他部件。In the third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method that can be executed by a communication device. The communication device can be a communication device or a communication device that can support the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description takes the communication device as a network device as an example. Illustratively, the communication device is a network device, or a chip provided in the network device, or other components used to implement the functions of the network device.
所述通信方法包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一能力信息,向终端设备发送控制信道配置信息在至少一个时间单元内发送控制信道。该第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N。控制信息配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,每个时间单元的长度为N。The communication method includes: the network device receives the first capability information from the terminal device, sends control channel configuration information to the terminal device, and sends the control channel within at least one time unit. The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device. The control information configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, and the length of each time unit is N.
在一种可能的实现方式中,时间单元包括Z个连续的时域符号,且Z小于一个时隙包括的符号个数。In a possible implementation manner, the time unit includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is smaller than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
在一种可能的实现方式中,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,当N=1,组合(X,Y)为(2,2)、(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔M个时域符号,M为大于或等于1的整数,一个时间单元包括至少一个控制信道监听时机。In a possible implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, when N=1, the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are spaced M time domain symbols, M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
在一种可能的实现方式中,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,N=2,组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机分别所在的子符号集合不相邻,不同控制信道监测时机所在子符号集合的交集为空集,任意两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔Q个时域符号,Q大于或等于X。一个符号集合包括至少一个子符号集合,一个子符号集合对应一个控制信道监听时机,所述符号集合的起始符号为一个控制信道监听时机的起始符号,所述符号集合的结束符号为一个控制信道监听时机的结束符号,所述符号集合中的符号在时域上连续。In a possible implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, N=2, the combination (X, Y) is (4,3) or (7,3), and the sub-symbol sets where the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are located are not adjacent, and the different control channel monitoring opportunities are The intersection of the sub-symbol sets is the empty set. The starting symbols of any two control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domain symbols, and Q is greater than or equal to X. A symbol set includes at least one sub-symbol set, and a sub-symbol set corresponds to a control channel monitoring opportunity. The starting symbol of the symbol set is a starting symbol of a control channel monitoring opportunity, and the end symbol of the symbol set is a control channel monitoring opportunity. The end symbol of the channel monitoring opportunity, and the symbols in the symbol set are continuous in the time domain.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:第一能力信息用于指示终端设备在第一频段上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备在第一小区上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备在第一频段组合内支持的CORESET的时域长度N,其中,第一频段组合包括至少两个频段;或者,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备在第一载波上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。In a possible implementation, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. N; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment in the first frequency band combination. Length N, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持N,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个N,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个N。In a possible implementation, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports N, where a A combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二能力信息,该第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,M为大于或等于1的整数。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: the network device receives second capability information from the terminal device, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the starting symbol of the control channel monitoring opportunity within a time unit Or the number M of end symbols, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,针对组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),N和M满足如下的一种或多种:N=1,M=1;或者,N=1,M小于或等于2;N=2,M=1;或者,N为{1,2},M=1。In a possible implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, for the combination (X, Y) to be (4,3) or (7,3), N and M satisfy one or more of the following: N=1, M=1; or, N=1, M is less than Or equal to 2; N=2, M=1; or, N is {1,2}, M=1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:第二能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M。In a possible implementation, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the second capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三能力信息,根据第 一能力信息和/或第二能力信息确定控制信道配置信息。其中,第三能力信息用于指示终端设备支持基于时间单元级的控制信道监听。即终端设备向网络设备上报了第一能力信息和第二能力信息,则网络设备根据第一能力信息和/或第二能力信息确定控制信道配置信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: the network device receives third capability information from the terminal device, and according to the The first capability information and/or the second capability information determine the control channel configuration information. The third capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports control channel monitoring based on time unit level. That is, the terminal device reports the first capability information and the second capability information to the network device, and the network device determines the control channel configuration information based on the first capability information and/or the second capability information.
关于第三方面或第三方面的各个实现方式的有益效果可参考前述第一方面或第一方面的各个实现方式的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Regarding the beneficial effects of the third aspect or each implementation of the third aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects of the aforementioned first aspect or each implementation of the first aspect, which will not be described again here.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可由通信装置执行,该通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备是网络设备为例进行描述。示例性地,所述通信装置为网络设备,或者为设置在网络设备中的芯片,或者为用于实现网络设备的功能的其他部件。In the fourth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method that can be executed by a communication device. The communication device can be a communication device or a communication device that can support the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description takes the communication device as a network device as an example. Illustratively, the communication device is a network device, or a chip provided in the network device, or other components used to implement the functions of the network device.
所述通信方法包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二能力信息,向终端设备发送控制信道配置信息,以及根据该控制信道配置信息在至少一个时间单元内发送控制信道。其中,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M。控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元。The communication method includes: the network device receives the second capability information from the terminal device, sends control channel configuration information to the terminal device, and sends the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information. The second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit. The control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M。In a possible implementation, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the first capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports M, where one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to an M.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现上述第一方面至第四方面中任意方面方法实施例中行为的功能,有益效果可以参见第一方面至第四方面相应方面的描述,此处不再赘述。In the fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behaviors in the method embodiments of any of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects. For beneficial effects, see the first to fourth aspects. The description of the corresponding aspects will not be repeated here.
该通信装置可以是第一方面至第四方面中任意方面中的通信装置,或者该通信装置可以是能够实现第一方面至第四方面中任意方面提供的方法的装置,例如芯片或芯片***。在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置包括用于执行第一方面至第四方面中任意方面的方法的相应手段(means)或模块。例如,所述通信装置:包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块或处理器)和/或收发单元(有时也称为收发模块或收发器)。收发单元可包括发送单元和接收单元,也可以理解为,发送单元和接收单元是同一个功能模块。或者,收发单元也理解为是发送单元和接收单元的统称,发送单元和接收单元可以是不同的功能模块。这些单元(模块)可以执行上述第一方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。The communication device may be the communication device in any of the first to fourth aspects, or the communication device may be a device capable of implementing the method provided in any of the first to fourth aspects, such as a chip or a chip system. In a possible design, the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for performing the method of any aspect in the first to fourth aspects. For example, the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also called a processing module or processor) and/or a transceiver unit (sometimes also called a transceiver module or transceiver). The transceiver unit may include a sending unit and a receiving unit. It can also be understood that the sending unit and the receiving unit are the same functional module. Alternatively, the transceiver unit is also understood as a collective name for the sending unit and the receiving unit, and the sending unit and the receiving unit may be different functional modules. These units (modules) can perform the corresponding functions in the above-mentioned method examples of the first aspect. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method examples, which will not be described again here.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述第五方面的通信装置,或者为设置在第五方面中的通信装置中的芯片或芯片***。该通信装置可以为终端设备或网络设备。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器,可选的,还包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合,当处理器读取所述计算机程序或指令时,使通信装置执行上述方法中由通信装置所执行的方法。In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which may be the communication device of the fifth aspect, or a chip or chip system provided in the communication device of the fifth aspect. The communication device may be a terminal device or a network device. The communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface. When the processor reads the computer program or instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute the method performed by the communication device in the above method.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括输入输出接口和逻辑电路。输入输出接口用于输入和/或输出信息。逻辑电路用于执行第一方面至第四方面中任意方面中所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which includes an input-output interface and a logic circuit. Input and output interfaces are used to input and/or output information. The logic circuit is used to perform the method described in any of the first to fourth aspects.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***,该芯片***包括处理器,还可以包括通信接口,用于实现第一方面至第四方面中任意方面中所述的方法。在一种可能的实现方式中,所述芯片***还包括存储器,用于保存计算机程序。该芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a communication interface for implementing the method described in any of the first to fourth aspects. In a possible implementation, the chip system further includes a memory for storing a computer program. The chip system can be composed of chips or include chips and other discrete devices.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信***,所述通信***包括终端设备和网络设备。其中,终端设备用于执行上述第一方面中由通信装置所执行的方法,网络设备用于执行上述第三方面中由通信装置所执行的方法。或者,终端设备用于执行上述第二方面中由通信装置所执行的方法,网络设备用于执行上述第四方面中由通信装置所执行的方法。当然,所述通信***可以包括更多终端设备或更多网络设备。In a ninth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes a terminal device and a network device. The terminal device is configured to execute the method executed by the communication device in the first aspect, and the network device is configured to execute the method executed by the communication device in the third aspect. Alternatively, the terminal device is configured to execute the method executed by the communication device in the above second aspect, and the network device is configured to execute the method executed by the communication device in the above fourth aspect. Of course, the communication system may include more terminal devices or more network devices.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当该计算机程序被运行时,实现上述第一方面至第四方面中任意方面中的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program. When the computer program is run, the method in any of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects is implemented. .
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码被运行时,使得上述第一方面至第四方面中任意方面中的方法被执行。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run, the method in any of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects is performed. implement.
上述第五方面至第十一方面及其实现方式的有益效果可以参考对第一方面或第二方面及其实现方式的有益效果的描述。 For the beneficial effects of the above fifth to eleventh aspects and their implementation, reference may be made to the description of the beneficial effects of the first aspect or the second aspect and their implementation.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例适用的通信***的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的两个PDCCH MO的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of two PDCCH MOs provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一个时隙内的PDCCH MO和span的时域位置;Figure 3 shows the time domain positions of the PDCCH MO and span within a time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的span图案(X,Y)=(2,2)的PDCCH配置示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration of span pattern (X, Y) = (2, 2) provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例的通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(2,2),N=1)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (2, 2), N = 1) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(4,3),N=1)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (4, 3), N = 1) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(7,3),N=1)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (7, 3), N = 1) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(4,3),N=2)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (4, 3), N = 2) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(7,3),N=2)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (7, 3), N = 2) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(4,3),N=1,M=1)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (4, 3), N = 1, M = 1) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(7,3),N=1,M=1)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (7, 3), N = 1, M = 1) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(2,2),N=1,M=1)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (2, 2), N = 1, M = 1) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(4,3),N=2,M=1)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (4, 3), N = 2, M = 1) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(7,3),N=2,M=1)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the ((X, Y) = (7, 3), N = 2, M = 1) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的((X,Y)=(2,2)、(4,3)以及(7,3),M=1)PDCCH配置的一种示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the ((X,Y)=(2,2), (4,3) and (7,3), M=1) PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种结构示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图。Figure 19 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请的实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于新无线(new radio,NR)***、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)***、非陆地网络(non terrestrial networks,NTN)***,或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信***或其他类似的通信***。本申请的实施例提供的技术方案也可以应用于车到万物(vehicle to everything,V2X)***,物联网(internet of things,IoT)***等。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to new radio (NR) systems, long term evolution (LTE) systems, non-terrestrial networks (non terrestrial networks, NTN) systems, or can also be applied to Next generation mobile communication system or other similar communication system. The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application can also be applied to vehicle to everything (V2X) systems, Internet of things (IoT) systems, etc.
作为一种示例,请参见图1,为本申请实施例适用的一种通信***的网络架构示意图。该通信***可以包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个终端设备,这至少一个终端设备均能够与任意网络设备通信。图1以包括一个网络设备和两个终端设备(即终端设备1~终端设备2为例)。其中,终端设备1~终端设备2可以向网络设备发送信息,相应的,网络设备1或网络设备可以向终端设备1~终端设备2中任意终端设备发送信息。需要说明的是,图1中的网络设备和终端设备的数量只是举例,还可以包括更多或更少的网络设备或终端设备。As an example, please refer to Figure 1, which is a schematic diagram of the network architecture of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The communication system may include at least one network device and at least one terminal device, and each of the at least one terminal device can communicate with any network device. Figure 1 takes a network device and two terminal devices (that is, terminal device 1 to terminal device 2 as an example). Among them, terminal device 1 to terminal device 2 can send information to the network device. Correspondingly, network device 1 or the network device can send information to any terminal device among terminal device 1 to terminal device 2. It should be noted that the number of network devices and terminal devices in Figure 1 is only an example, and more or less network devices or terminal devices may also be included.
本申请中,终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以向网络设备发送信号,或接收来自网络设备的信号。终端设备可包括用户设备(user equipment,UE),有时也称为终端、接入站、UE站、远方站、无线通信设备、或用户装置等等。所述终端设备用于连接人,物,机器等,可广泛用于各种场景,例如包括但不限于以下场景:蜂窝通信、设备到设备(device to device,D2D)、V2X、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)、IoT、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、工业控制(industrial control)、无人驾驶(self driving)、远程医疗(remote medical)、智能电网(smart grid)、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市(smart city)、无人机、机器人等场景中的终端设备。如图1所示,终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、游戏手柄、智能眼镜、智能手环等。In this application, a terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function that can send signals to or receive signals from network devices. Terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), sometimes also called terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication equipment, or user device, etc. The terminal device is used to connect people, things, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, including but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device to device (D2D), V2X, machine to machine/ Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC), IoT, virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control (industrial control), driverless driving Terminal equipment in (self driving), remote medical, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, drones, robots and other scenarios. As shown in Figure 1, the terminal device can be a mobile phone, tablet computer, game controller, smart glasses, smart bracelet, etc.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。本申请的终端设备还可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。The various terminal devices introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle). The vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called an on-board unit (OBU), for example. ). The terminal device of this application can also be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units. The vehicle uses the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, Vehicle-mounted components, vehicle-mounted chips or vehicle-mounted units can implement the method of the present application.
本申请中,网络设备可以是终端设备通过无线方式接入到移动通信***中的接入设备,例如包括接 入网(access network,AN)设备,例如基站。网络设备也可以是指在空口与终端设备通信的设备。网络设备可以包括LTE***或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(evolved Node B,eNB/e-NodeB);网络设备也可以包括NR***中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB);或者,网络设备也可以包括无线保真(wireless-fidelity,Wi-Fi)***中的接入节点等;或者网络设备可以为站点(station)、中继站、车载设备以及未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)设备、D2D网络中的设备、M2M网络中的设备、物联网IoT网络中的设备或者PLMN网络中的网络设备等。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。In this application, the network device may be an access device through which a terminal device wirelessly accesses the mobile communication system, including, for example, an access device. Access network (AN) equipment, such as base stations. Network equipment may also refer to equipment that communicates with terminal equipment over the air interface. The network equipment may include an evolved base station (eNB/e-NodeB) in the LTE system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A); the network equipment may also include a next-generation node in the NR system B (next generation node B, gNB); or, the network device can also include access nodes in a wireless-fidelity (Wi-Fi) system; or the network device can be a station, a relay station, a vehicle Equipment and future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) equipment, equipment in D2D networks, equipment in M2M networks, equipment in the Internet of Things IoT network, or network equipment in PLMN networks, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.
另外,本申请实施例中的基站可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制。CU和DU可以根据其具备的无线网络的协议层功能进行划分,例如分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层和介质访问控制(medium access control,MAC)层等的功能设置在DU。需要说明的是,这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,还可以在其它协议层划分。射频装置可以拉远,不放在DU中,也可以集成在DU中,或者部分拉远部分集成在DU中,本申请实施例不作任何限制。另外,在一些实施例中,还可以将CU的控制面(control plan,CP)和用户面(user plan,UP)分离,分成不同实体来实现,分别为控制面CU实体(CU-CP实体)和用户面CU实体(CU-UP实体)。CU的控制面CU-CP还包括一种进一步切分的架构,即把现有的CU-CP进一步切分为CU-CP1和CU-CP2。其中CU-CP1包括各种无线资源管理功能,CU-CP2仅包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)功能和PDCP-C功能(即控制面信令在PDCP层的基本功能)。In addition, the base station in the embodiment of the present application may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU. CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer functions of the wireless network they possess. For example, the functions of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and above are set in CU and the protocol layer below PDCP, such as wireless link. Functions such as the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer are set in the DU. It should be noted that this division of protocol layers is just an example, and division can also be performed on other protocol layers. The radio frequency device can be remote and not placed in the DU, or it can be integrated in the DU, or partially remote and partially integrated in the DU. The embodiments of this application do not impose any restrictions. In addition, in some embodiments, the control plane (CP) and user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated and implemented into different entities, respectively control plane CU entities (CU-CP entities). and user plane CU entities (CU-UP entities). The CU control plane CU-CP also includes a further segmentation architecture, that is, the existing CU-CP is further segmented into CU-CP1 and CU-CP2. Among them, CU-CP1 includes various radio resource management functions, and CU-CP2 only includes radio resource control (RRC) functions and PDCP-C functions (that is, the basic functions of control plane signaling at the PDCP layer).
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备或终端设备功能的通信装置可以是网络设备或终端设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备或终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片***,该装置可以被安装在网络设备或终端设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置是终端设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device used to realize the function of the network device or the terminal device may be a network device or a terminal device, or may be a device that can support the network device or the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be Installed in network equipment or terminal equipment. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the functions of the network device as a network device and the device for realizing the functions of the terminal device as a terminal device as an example.
为方便理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案,在具体介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案之前,首先介绍本申请实施例涉及的一些概念。需要说明的是,这些概念解释是为了让本申请实施例更容易被理解,而不应该视为对本申请所要求的保护范围的限定。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, some concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are first introduced before specifically introducing the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. It should be noted that these conceptual explanations are intended to make the embodiments of the present application easier to understand and should not be regarded as limiting the scope of protection claimed by the present application.
(1)时隙,是指一个基本的时间单元。本申请实施例中一个时隙可以在时域上占用连续的14个符号(常规循环前缀)或连续的12个符号(扩展循环前缀)。本申请实施例中的符号包含但不限于正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号、稀疏码分多址技术(sparse code multiplexing access,SCMA)符号、过滤正交频分复用(filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,F-OFDM)符号、非正交多址接入(non-orthogonal multiple access,NOMA)符号,具体可根据实际情况确定,在此不再赘述。在本文中,符号即为时域符号。(1) Time slot refers to a basic time unit. In the embodiment of the present application, one time slot can occupy 14 consecutive symbols (conventional cyclic prefix) or 12 consecutive symbols (extended cyclic prefix) in the time domain. The symbols in the embodiments of this application include but are not limited to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, sparse code multiplexing access (SCMA) symbols, filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, F-OFDM) symbols and non-orthogonal multiple access (non-orthogonal multiple access, NOMA) symbols can be determined based on the actual situation and will not be described again here. In this article, symbols are time domain symbols.
(2)时间跨度(span),或者称为PDCCH监听时间跨度(PDCCH monitoring span)。为描述方便,本申请实施例中以称为时间跨度为例。span是比slot更短的一个时间单元,是一种时间单位。一个slot可以包括一个或多个span。每个span的长度至少是Z个连续的时域符号,Z为大于0的整数。应理解,Z个连续的时域符号指的是在时域上连续的Z个时域符号。(2) Time span (span), also known as PDCCH monitoring time span (PDCCH monitoring span). For convenience of description, in the embodiment of this application, a time span is used as an example. span is a time unit shorter than slot and is a time unit. A slot can contain one or more spans. The length of each span is at least Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is an integer greater than 0. It should be understood that Z consecutive time domain symbols refer to Z consecutive time domain symbols in the time domain.
(3)CCE是控制信息的资源分配的最小单位,即控制信息的资源分配是以CCE为最小单位进行分配的。1个CCE等于6个资源单元组(resource element group,REG),1个REG定义为在1个OFDM符号上的1个物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)。1个REG可在频域上占用资源为S个连续的子载波,和/或在时域上占用的资源为连续的T个时域符号。其中S为大于1的自然数,T为大于1的自然数。例如,1个REG在频域上可占用12个连续的子载波,在时域上可占用1个时域符号,其中,S=12,T=1。一个PDCCH包含一个或多个CCE,网络设备可根据DCI的大小和控制信道传输可靠性选择在1个CCE、2个CCE、4个CCE或8个CCE或16个CCE上发送该DCI。(3) CCE is the smallest unit of resource allocation for control information, that is, the resource allocation of control information is allocated based on CCE as the smallest unit. 1 CCE is equal to 6 resource element groups (REG), and 1 REG is defined as 1 physical resource block (PRB) on 1 OFDM symbol. One REG can occupy resources for S consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, and/or occupy resources for T consecutive time domain symbols in the time domain. Where S is a natural number greater than 1, and T is a natural number greater than 1. For example, one REG can occupy 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain and one time domain symbol in the time domain, where S=12 and T=1. A PDCCH contains one or more CCEs. The network device can choose to send the DCI on 1 CCE, 2 CCEs, 4 CCEs, 8 CCEs or 16 CCEs according to the size of the DCI and the reliability of control channel transmission.
(4)搜索空间集合(search space set,SS set)包括公共搜索空间集合(common search space set,CSS set)和UE特定搜索空间集合(UE-specific Search Space set,USS set)。其中,公共搜索空间集合可以用于向终端设备发送用于传输寻呼(paging)、***信息等的公共控制信道。UE特定的搜索空间集合可以用于向终端设备发送用于传输某个UE特定的控制信息的控制信道。可以理解的是,公共搜索空间集合 也可以用于向终端设备发送用于传输某个UE特定的控制信息的控制信道,本申请实施例对此并不限定。(4) The search space set (SS set) includes a common search space set (CSS set) and a UE-specific search space set (USS set). Among them, the common search space set can be used to send a common control channel for transmitting paging, system information, etc. to the terminal device. The UE-specific search space set may be used to send a control channel for transmitting certain UE-specific control information to the terminal device. Understandably, the public search space collection It can also be used to send a control channel for transmitting control information specific to a certain UE to the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
每个UE都可以在CSS set中检测网络设备发送给UE的DCI。搜索空间集合可以包括一个或多个搜索空间。一个搜索空间是针对一个具体的聚集级别(aggregation level,AL)而言的,即一个搜索空间是由相同AL下的一个或多个候选PDCCH组成。一个候选PDCCH是由n个连续的CCE组成。其中,n为AL,例如,n的取值范围可以为{1,2,4,8,16}。一个候选PDCCH可以配置用于承载DCI。网络设备可以向终端设备发送一个搜索空间集合的配置信息,该配置信息可以包括PDCCH监听的起始OFDM符号、PDCCH监听周期以及与该搜索空间集合关联的控制资源集合(control resource set,CORESET)等。终端设备通过监听搜索空间集合可以接收PDCCH。Each UE can detect the DCI sent by the network device to the UE in the CSS set. A collection of search spaces can include one or more search spaces. A search space is for a specific aggregation level (AL), that is, a search space is composed of one or more candidate PDCCHs under the same AL. A candidate PDCCH is composed of n consecutive CCEs. Among them, n is AL. For example, the value range of n can be {1, 2, 4, 8, 16}. A candidate PDCCH can be configured to carry DCI. The network device can send the configuration information of a search space set to the terminal device. The configuration information can include the starting OFDM symbol for PDCCH monitoring, the PDCCH monitoring period, and the control resource set (CORESET) associated with the search space set, etc. . The terminal device can receive the PDCCH by listening to the search space set.
(5)PDCCH MO为终端设备针对一个搜索空间集合进行PDCCH盲检测的持续时间。一个PDCCH MO可以包含在一个时隙(slot)或者一个时间跨度(span)内。具体地,一个PDCCH MO可以通过1个搜索空间集合的监听起始符号和监听的这个搜索空间集合关联的CORESET联合确定。例如终端设备监听1个搜索空间集合的监听起始符号是1个slot内的第1个符号,这个搜索空间集合关联了1个3符号长的CORESET,因此监听这个搜索空间集合的PDCCH MO为所在slot的前3个符号,即第1个符号,第2个符号和第3个符号。PDCCH MO间隔的时隙个数可以称为监听周期。可选地,监听周期的最小单位是1个时隙。(5) PDCCH MO is the duration for the terminal equipment to perform PDCCH blind detection for a search space set. A PDCCH MO can be contained in a time slot (slot) or a time span (span). Specifically, a PDCCH MO can be jointly determined by the monitoring start symbol of a search space set and the CORESET associated with the monitored search space set. For example, the terminal device monitors a search space set and the monitoring start symbol is the first symbol in a slot. This search space set is associated with a 3-symbol long CORESET, so the PDCCH MO that monitors this search space set is located The first 3 symbols of the slot are the 1st symbol, 2nd symbol and 3rd symbol. The number of time slots in the PDCCH MO interval can be called the listening cycle. Optionally, the minimum unit of the listening period is 1 time slot.
(6)子载波,一个子载波是频域上最小的粒度。例如,LTE中,1个子载波的子载波宽度,也称子载波间隔为15kHz;在NR中,子载波间隔可能为15kHz,30kHz,60kHz或120kHz。(6) Subcarrier, a subcarrier is the smallest granularity in the frequency domain. For example, in LTE, the subcarrier width of one subcarrier, also known as subcarrier spacing, is 15kHz; in NR, the subcarrier spacing may be 15kHz, 30kHz, 60kHz or 120kHz.
(7)span图案,也称为组合(combination)(X,Y),可指示控制信道所占用的至少一个时间单元(或者span),其中,X表示为两个相邻span(连续span)的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔;Y表示一个span的最大长度。一个或多个span图案,也可以称为一个或多个(X,Y)组合。目前第三代移动通信伙伴项目(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)通信协议38.213中规定了三种span图案,为(2,2)、(4,3)和(7,3)。协议针对每种span图案,规定了每个span内监听的最大候选PDCCH的数量和不重叠的CCE的数量,终端设备可基于每个span内监听的最大候选PDCCH的数量和不重叠的CCE的数量监听PDCCH。(7) The span pattern, also called combination (X, Y), can indicate at least one time unit (or span) occupied by the control channel, where The minimum time-domain symbol interval between starting symbols; Y represents the maximum length of a span. One or more span patterns can also be called one or more (X, Y) combinations. Currently, three span patterns are specified in the 3rd generation mobile communications partnership project (3GPP) communication protocol 38.213, which are (2,2), (4,3) and (7,3). For each span pattern, the protocol stipulates the maximum number of candidate PDCCHs monitored within each span and the number of non-overlapping CCEs. The terminal device can monitor based on the maximum number of candidate PDCCHs and the number of non-overlapping CCEs within each span. Monitor PDCCH.
请参见表1,为一个服务小区中在不同带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)下,针对不同子载波间隔和不同span图案(X,Y),一个span内的盲检测次数的上限值。该上限值也就是待监听的候选PDCCH的最大个数。Please refer to Table 1, which is the upper limit of the number of blind detections within a span in a serving cell under different bandwidth parts (BWP), for different subcarrier intervals and different span patterns (X, Y). The upper limit value is also the maximum number of candidate PDCCHs to be monitored.
表1
Table 1
请参见表2,为的一个服务小区中在不同BWP下一个span图案(X,Y)在不同子载波下对应的不重叠的CCE的最大个数。Please refer to Table 2, which is the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs corresponding to a span pattern (X, Y) under different BWPs and under different subcarriers in a serving cell.
表2
Table 2
不同的span之间不能重叠。一个span包含至少一个PDCCH MO。一个span的起始符号为一个PDCCH MO的起始符号,一个span的结束符号为一个PDCCH MO的结束符号。即每个PDCCH MO完全包含在1个span内,换句话说,一个PDCCH MO不能跨span的边界。Different spans cannot overlap. A span contains at least one PDCCH MO. The start symbol of a span is the start symbol of a PDCCH MO, and the end symbol of a span is the end symbol of a PDCCH MO. That is, each PDCCH MO is completely included in 1 span. In other words, a PDCCH MO cannot cross the boundary of span.
举例来说,请参见图2,为两个PDCCH MO的示意图。图2以SS set关联了1个持续时间为3个OFDM符号长的CORESET,且以存在2个SS set(即SS set#1和SS set#2)为例。UE监听SS set#1的起始位置是1个slot内的第1个符号,因此监听这个SS set#1的PDCCH MO为所在slot的前3个符号,即第1个符号,第2个符号和第3个符号(见图2中的PDCCH MO#1)。UE监听SS set#2的监听起始位置是1个slot内的第4个符号,因此监听SS set#2的PDCCH MO为所在slot的第4个符号,第5个符号和第6个符号(见图2中的PDCCH MO#2)。PDCCH MO#1与PDCCH MO#2之间间隔为4个OFDM符号。For example, please see Figure 2, which is a schematic diagram of two PDCCH MOs. Figure 2 takes the SS set associated with a CORESET with a duration of 3 OFDM symbols as an example, and takes the existence of two SS sets (i.e. SS set #1 and SS set #2) as an example. The starting position of the UE monitoring SS set#1 is the first symbol in a slot, so the PDCCH MO monitoring this SS set#1 is the first 3 symbols of the slot, that is, the first symbol and the second symbol. and the 3rd symbol (see PDCCH MO#1 in Figure 2). The starting position for monitoring SS set#2 by the UE is the 4th symbol in a slot, so the PDCCH MO for monitoring SS set#2 is the 4th symbol, the 5th symbol and the 6th symbol of the slot ( See PDCCH MO#2) in Figure 2. The interval between PDCCH MO#1 and PDCCH MO#2 is 4 OFDM symbols.
(8)本申请实施例中的术语“***”和“网络”可被互换使用。本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”,可理解为一个或多个,例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。例如,包括至少一个,是指包括一个、两个或更多个,而且不限制包括的是哪几个,例如,包括A、B和C中的至少一个,那么包括的可以是A、B、C、A和B、A和C、B和C、或A和B和C。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。(8) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably. In the embodiments of this application, "multiple" can also be understood as "at least two". "At least one" can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more. For example, including at least one means including one, two or more, and it does not limit which ones are included. For example, if it includes at least one of A, B and C, then it can include A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C. "And/or" describes the relationship between related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如第一能力信息和第二能力信息,只是为了区分不同的能力信息,而并不是限制两个能力信息的优先级或重要程度等。Unless otherwise stated, ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects. For example, the first capability information and the second capability information are only to distinguish different capability information, but not to limit the priority or importance of the two capability information.
如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念,下面介绍与本申请实施例相关的内容。Some concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application have been introduced as above. Contents related to the embodiments of the present application are introduced below.
3GPP版本(release)16引入了基于span级的PDCCH监听(Span-based PDCCH monitoring)。基于span级PDCCH监听,也就是,以span为粒度监听PDCCH。由于span是比slot更短的一个时间单元,因此以span为粒度监听PDCCH,相当于增加了一个slot中的PDCCH MO,也就增加了网络设备的调度时机,有利于网络设备及时调度终端设备,降低调度时延。3GPP version (release) 16 introduced span-based PDCCH monitoring (Span-based PDCCH monitoring). Based on span-level PDCCH monitoring, that is, monitoring PDCCH with span as the granularity. Since span is a shorter time unit than slot, monitoring PDCCH with span as the granularity is equivalent to adding a PDCCH MO in a slot, which also increases the scheduling opportunity of network equipment, which is conducive to network equipment scheduling terminal equipment in a timely manner. Reduce scheduling delay.
鉴于3GPP R15规定基于slot级的PDCCH监听,为了让网络设备为终端设备配置较为合理的PDCCH的监听配置。终端设备可向网络设备上报是否支持基于span级的PDCCH监听的能力。例如,终端设备向网络设备上报能力信息R16PDCCH monitoring capability,即上报参数pdcch-Monitoring-r16。其中,上报参数pdcch-Monitoring-r16属于特性组(feature group,FG)11-2。如果终端设备向网络设备上报R16PDCCH monitoring capability,网络设备可通过配置一个小区的高层参数(例如RRC参数)monitoringCapabilityConfig为r16monitoringcapability指示终端设备基于span级的PDCCH监听。In view of the fact that 3GPP R15 stipulates slot-level PDCCH monitoring, in order to allow network equipment to configure a more reasonable PDCCH monitoring configuration for terminal equipment. The terminal device can report to the network device whether it supports the span-level-based PDCCH monitoring capability. For example, the terminal device reports capability information R16PDCCH monitoring capability to the network device, that is, reports the parameter pdcch-Monitoring-r16. Among them, the reported parameter pdcch-Monitoring-r16 belongs to feature group (FG) 11-2. If the terminal device reports R16PDCCH monitoring capability to the network device, the network device can instruct the terminal device to monitor PDCCH based on span level by configuring the high-level parameters of a cell (such as RRC parameters) monitoringCapabilityConfig to r16monitoringcapability.
终端设备还向网络设备上报支持的监听PDCCH能力,也就是,终端设备支持的一个或多个span图案,或者,终端设备支持的一个或多个组合(X,Y)。终端设备可根据子载波间隔配置μ=0和μ=1来上报终端设备支持的用于监听PDCCH的组合{(2,2),(4,3)和(7,3)}中的一个或多个。网络设备根据终端设备上报的能力为终端设备配置PDCCH配置。终端设备根据网络设备配置的PDCCH配置以及3GPP通信协议TS38.213中定义的确定span图案的规则确定用于监听PDCCH的span。The terminal device also reports the supported PDCCH monitoring capabilities to the network device, that is, one or more span patterns supported by the terminal device, or one or more combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device. The terminal equipment can configure μ=0 and μ=1 according to the subcarrier spacing to report one of the combinations {(2,2), (4,3) and (7,3)} supported by the terminal equipment for monitoring PDCCH or Multiple. The network device configures PDCCH configuration for the terminal device according to the capabilities reported by the terminal device. The terminal device determines the span used to monitor the PDCCH according to the PDCCH configuration configured by the network device and the rules for determining the span pattern defined in the 3GPP communication protocol TS38.213.
3GPP通信协议TS38.213规定确定一个span图案的规则如下:如果终端设备指示支持的监听PDCCH能力是多个组合(X,Y),且网络设备发送的PDCCH配置使得每两个连续的PDCCH monitoring span的间隔(separation)X’大于或等于X,即X’>=X,那么终端设备将满足不等式条件中最大的所对应的组合(X,Y)确定为span图案。即终端设备根据满足不等式条件中最大的所对应的组合(X,Y)来监听PDCCH。其中,X为一个或多个(X,Y)组合中的X。The 3GPP communication protocol TS38.213 stipulates the rules for determining a span pattern as follows: If the terminal device indicates that the supported PDCCH monitoring capabilities are multiple combinations (X, Y), and the PDCCH configuration sent by the network device makes every two consecutive PDCCH monitoring spans The separation (separation) X' is greater than or equal to X, that is, X'>=X, then the terminal device will satisfy the largest inequality condition and The corresponding combination (X, Y) is determined as the span pattern. That is, the terminal equipment satisfies the largest inequality condition and The corresponding combination (X,Y) is used to monitor the PDCCH. Among them, X is X in one or more (X,Y) combinations.
举例来说,终端设备向网络设备发送信令,该信令指示终端设备支持的监听PDCCH能力为组合(X,Y)={(2,2),(4,3),(7,3)}。终端设备根据网络设备发送的PDCCH配置和span图案的确定规则确定一个slot内的PDCCH MO和span的时域位置,如图3所示。由于两个span之间的间隔可以跨slot边界计算, 且每个slot的span图案都相同。因此,图3中第一个span和第二个span之间的间隔X’=6,6大于X=4,2,且第一个span和第二个span的长度均为2,即大于等于2且小于3。因此,slot的span图案包括(4,3)和(2,2)。由于(4,3)对应的(2,2)对应的且(4,3)对应的大于(2,2)对应的因此,终端设备会确定(4,3)为slot的span图案。即终端设备根据(4,3)对应的在每个span内监听PDCCH。For example, the terminal device sends signaling to the network device, which indicates that the PDCCH monitoring capability supported by the terminal device is the combination (X, Y) = {(2,2), (4,3), (7,3) }. The terminal device determines the time domain position of the PDCCH MO and span within a slot according to the PDCCH configuration and span pattern determination rules sent by the network device, as shown in Figure 3. Since the interval between two spans can be calculated across slot boundaries, And the span pattern of each slot is the same. Therefore, the interval between the first span and the second span in Figure 3 is X'=6, 6 is greater than X=4,2, and the length of the first span and the second span is both 2, that is, greater than or equal to 2 and less than 3. Therefore, the span pattern of the slot includes (4,3) and (2,2). Since (4,3) corresponds to (2,2) corresponding to And (4,3) corresponds to Greater than (2,2) corresponding to Therefore, the terminal device will determine (4,3) as the span pattern of the slot. That is, the terminal equipment corresponds to (4,3) and Monitor PDCCH within each span.
基于上述span图案的确定规则,一个span可以包含至少一个PDCCH MO。在可能的配置中,一个span内的每个符号可能都包含了1个1符号的PDCCH MO。例如,在一个时隙内,配置的SS set关联持续时间为1个OFDM符号的CORESET。这就需要终端设备在一个span内的每个符号上都执行盲检测操作,增加了终端设备的盲检测复杂度。Based on the above determination rules of span patterns, a span can contain at least one PDCCH MO. In a possible configuration, each symbol within a span may contain a 1-symbol PDCCH MO. For example, within a time slot, the configured SS set is associated with a CORESET with a duration of 1 OFDM symbol. This requires the terminal device to perform a blind detection operation on each symbol within a span, which increases the complexity of the terminal device's blind detection.
例如,请参见图4,为span图案(X,Y)=(2,2)的PDCCH配置示意图。在图4中,1个时隙的14个符号中每两个符号形成一个span,每个span的长度为2符号,共有7个span(如图4中的时间跨度#1~时间跨度#7)。从图4可以看出,1个时隙内的每个符号都包含1个PDCCH MO(如图4中的#0~#13),这就需要终端设备在1个slot内的每个符号上都执行PDCCH盲检测操作,增加了终端设备盲检测的复杂度。类似的,对于span图案(X,Y)=(4,3)和(7,3),也可能出现在每个span内的每个符号都包含1个PDCCH MO,需要终端设备在1个span内的每个符号都执行盲检测操作,终端设备的盲检测复杂度也较高。For example, please refer to Figure 4, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration with span pattern (X, Y) = (2, 2). In Figure 4, every two symbols of the 14 symbols in a time slot form a span. The length of each span is 2 symbols, and there are 7 spans in total (time span #1 ~ time span #7 in Figure 4 ). As can be seen from Figure 4, each symbol in one time slot contains one PDCCH MO (#0~#13 in Figure 4), which requires the terminal equipment to be on each symbol within one slot. All perform PDCCH blind detection operations, which increases the complexity of blind detection of terminal equipment. Similarly, for span patterns (X, Y) = (4, 3) and (7, 3), each symbol appearing in each span may also contain 1 PDCCH MO, requiring the terminal equipment to operate in 1 span Each symbol in the symbol performs a blind detection operation, and the blind detection complexity of the terminal device is also high.
对于一些能力较弱的终端设备,盲检测次数的增加,不利于终端设备满足低时延业务的需求,且会额外增加终端设备的功耗。应理解,终端设备处理物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)的时间,从调度的PDCCH结束符号的下一个符号开始算起,与子载波间隔和通信协议定义的终端设备的处理能力相关。如果网络设备配置的PDCCH和被调度的PDSCH互相重叠。终端设备处理PDSCH的时间还与PDCCH和被调度的PDSCH重叠的符号个数相关。例如,终端设备的PDSCH的处理时间与N1和d1,1有关。其中,N1是一个协议定义的与子载波间隔和终端设备的处理能力相关的一个值。例如,终端设备的处理能力为处理能力2,子载波间隔30kHz,N1为3,单位为OFDM符号。d1,1与PDCCH和被调度的PDSCH重叠的符号个数相关,尤其是当调度的PDSCH符号数L比较短时,例如L小于等于6,具体规则可以参考3GPP通信协议TS38.214中的描述。For some terminal equipment with weak capabilities, the increase in the number of blind detections is not conducive to the terminal equipment meeting the needs of low-latency services, and will additionally increase the power consumption of the terminal equipment. It should be understood that the time for the terminal equipment to process the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) starts from the symbol next to the scheduled PDCCH end symbol and is related to the subcarrier spacing and the processing capabilities of the terminal equipment defined by the communication protocol. . If the PDCCH configured by the network device and the scheduled PDSCH overlap each other. The time for the terminal equipment to process the PDSCH is also related to the number of overlapping symbols between the PDCCH and the scheduled PDSCH. For example, the processing time of the PDSCH of the terminal equipment is related to N 1 and d1,1. Among them, N 1 is a value defined by a protocol related to the subcarrier spacing and the processing capability of the terminal device. For example, the processing capability of the terminal equipment is processing capability 2, the subcarrier spacing is 30kHz, N 1 is 3, and the unit is OFDM symbol. d1,1 is related to the number of overlapping symbols between PDCCH and scheduled PDSCH, especially when the number of scheduled PDSCH symbols L is relatively short, for example, L is less than or equal to 6. For specific rules, please refer to the description in 3GPP communication protocol TS38.214.
目前网络设备基于span图案所配置的PDCCH可能无法满足终端设备的低时延业务的时域需求。例如,请参见图5,为PDCCH配置的一种示意图。图5以span图案(X,Y)=(2,2)为例。应理解,span的持续时间至多为Y,即可以小于或等于2。当span的持续时间为2,所述span中包含的PDCCH MO的时域持续时间为2时,PDCCH和被调度的PDSCH重叠的符号个数较多,导致终端设备处理PDSCH的时间也较长,不利于终端设备处理低延时业务。The PDCCH currently configured by network equipment based on span patterns may not be able to meet the time domain requirements of low-latency services of terminal equipment. For example, please refer to Figure 5, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration. Figure 5 takes the span pattern (X, Y) = (2, 2) as an example. It should be understood that the duration of span is at most Y, that is, it can be less than or equal to 2. When the duration of the span is 2 and the time domain duration of the PDCCH MO included in the span is 2, the number of symbols overlapping the PDCCH and the scheduled PDSCH is larger, resulting in a longer time for the terminal equipment to process the PDSCH. It is not conducive to terminal equipment processing low-latency services.
鉴于此,提供本申请实施例的技术方案。在本申请实施例中,终端设备可向网络设备上报终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,从而网络设备基于N确定PDCCH配置,以尽量避免一个span内的每个符号都包含1个符号的PDCCH MO,降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度。或者,终端设备还可向网络设备上报终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号个数M,网络设备基于终端设备上报的CORESET的时域长度N和一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号个数M来配置PDCCH配置,从而为终端设备处理PDSCH预留更多的时间,有助于终端设备满足低延时业务的时延需求。In view of this, technical solutions of embodiments of the present application are provided. In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device can report the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device to the network device, so that the network device determines the PDCCH configuration based on N to try to avoid that each symbol in a span contains 1 symbol. PDCCH MO reduces the complexity of blind detection of terminal equipment. Alternatively, the terminal device can also report to the network device that the terminal device supports the number of start symbols and/or end symbols M of the PDCCH MO within a span. The network device is based on the time domain length N of CORESET reported by the terminal device and the PDCCH MO within a span. The number M of start symbols and/or end symbols is used to configure the PDCCH configuration, thereby reserving more time for the terminal equipment to process the PDSCH, which helps the terminal equipment meet the delay requirements of low-latency services.
终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,可通过终端设备具有的能力来表征。类似的,终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数M,也可通过终端设备具有的能力来表征。在本申请实施例中,新引入终端设备的两种能力,例如称为第一能力和第二能力。其中,第一能力用于表征终端设备所支持的控制资源集合的时域长度N。也可以理解为,第一能力用于约束各个span图案下配置的CORESET的持续符号长度。第二能力用于表征终端设备支持的组合(X,Y)下的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数。如果终端设备具有第一能力,可默认终端设备支持基于span级PDCCH监听,即终端设备具有基于span级PDCCH监听的能力。也可以认为,第一能力是比基于span级PDCCH监听的能力更弱的一种能力。终端设备需要先支持基于span级PDCCH监听能 力,才会上报第一能力。也就是,终端设备上报第一能力,需要先支持或先上报或同时上报基于span级PDCCH监听能力。类似地,如果终端设备具有第二能力,可默认终端设备具有基于span级PDCCH监听的能力。同理,第二能力是比基于span级PDCCH监听的能力更弱的一种能力。The time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device can be characterized by the capabilities of the terminal device. Similarly, the number M of start symbols and/or end symbols of PDCCH MO supported by the terminal equipment within a span can also be characterized by the capabilities of the terminal equipment. In this embodiment of the present application, two capabilities of the terminal device are newly introduced, for example, called the first capability and the second capability. The first capability is used to characterize the time domain length N of the control resource set supported by the terminal device. It can also be understood that the first capability is used to constrain the sustained symbol length of CORESET configured under each span pattern. The second capability is used to characterize the number of start symbols and/or end symbols of the PDCCH MO in a span under the combination (X, Y) supported by the terminal equipment. If the terminal device has the first capability, the terminal device may support span-level PDCCH monitoring by default, that is, the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring. It can also be considered that the first capability is weaker than the capability based on span-level PDCCH monitoring. The terminal equipment needs to first support span-level PDCCH monitoring capabilities. Only when the first ability is reported. That is, the terminal device needs to report the first capability first to support or report first or simultaneously report the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability. Similarly, if the terminal device has the second capability, it may be defaulted that the terminal device has the capability based on span-level PDCCH monitoring. In the same way, the second capability is weaker than the capability based on span-level PDCCH monitoring.
基于span级PDCCH监听的能力通过特性组(feature group,FG),例如FG 11-2来表征。在本申请实施例中,第一能力和第二能力也可以通过特性组来表征。例如,第一能力可通过FG 11-2x来表征,第二能力可以通过FG 11-2y来表征。即FG 11-2x表示第一能力,FG 11-2y表示第二能力。需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第一能力和第二能力的具体名称不作限制。The capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring is characterized by a feature group (FG), such as FG 11-2. In the embodiment of the present application, the first capability and the second capability can also be characterized by a characteristic group. For example, the first ability can be represented by FG 11-2x, and the second ability can be represented by FG 11-2y. That is, FG 11-2x represents the first ability, and FG 11-2y represents the second ability. It should be noted that the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific names of the first capability and the second capability.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的方法。该方法可由两个通信设备执行,这两个通信设备例如为第一设备和第二设备。其中,第一设备可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第一设备可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置(例如芯片***)。对于第二设备也是同样,第二设备可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第二设备可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置(例如芯片***)。且对于第一设备和第二设备的实现方式均不做限制,例如第一设备是网络设备、第二设备是终端设备,或者第一设备是网络设备,第二设备是能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,等等。其中,网络设备例如为基站。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The method may be performed by two communication devices, such as a first device and a second device. Wherein, the first device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the first device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method (for example, chip system). The same is true for the second device. The second device may be a network device or a communication device that can support the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the second device may be a terminal device or be able to support the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method. communication devices (such as chip systems). There is no restriction on the implementation of the first device and the second device. For example, the first device is a network device and the second device is a terminal device, or the first device is a network device and the second device is capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method. Methods require functional communication devices, etc. The network device is, for example, a base station.
在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图1所示的网络架构,且该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。所述的网络设备可以是图1所示的网络架构中的网络设备,所述的终端设备可以是图1所示的网络架构中的终端设备。需要说明的是,本申请实施例只是以通过网络设备和终端设备执行为例,并不限制于这种场景。本申请实施例中,时间单元包括至少一个连续的时域符号。在下文中,以一个时间单元是一个span为例。在本申请实施例中,以控制信道是PDCCH为例,本申请实施例对控制信道的具体类型不作限制。In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the method is applied to the network architecture shown in Figure 1 and the method is executed by the network device and the terminal device. The network device may be a network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , and the terminal device may be a terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 . It should be noted that the embodiments of this application only take execution through network devices and terminal devices as an example, and are not limited to this scenario. In this embodiment of the present application, the time unit includes at least one continuous time domain symbol. In the following, it is taken as an example that a time unit is a span. In the embodiment of this application, taking the control channel as PDCCH as an example, the embodiment of this application does not limit the specific type of the control channel.
请参见图6,为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图。Please refer to Figure 6, which is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
S601、终端设备向网络设备发送第一能力信息,相应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一能力信息。S601. The terminal device sends first capability information to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the first capability information from the terminal device.
该第一能力信息可用于指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N。也可以认为,第一能力信息指示N个符号的CORESET配置。其中,N可以是一个取值,即终端设备仅支持CORESET的一种时域长度。N也可以是一个集合,即终端设备支持CORESET的多种时域长度。当N为一个集合,可指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度可为该集合中的任意一个元素。第一能力信息可以包括参数,例如N-symbol CORESET配置来指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,即终端设备可通过携带参数N-symbol CORESET的指示信息向网络设备指示终端设备具有的第一能力。The first capability information may be used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device. It can also be considered that the first capability information indicates the CORESET configuration of N symbols. Among them, N can be a value, that is, the terminal device only supports one time domain length of CORESET. N can also be a set, that is, the terminal device supports multiple time domain lengths of CORESET. When N is a set, the time domain length of CORESET that can be indicated to be supported by the terminal device can be any element in the set. The first capability information may include parameters, such as N-symbol CORESET configured to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may indicate to the network device the third CORESET that the terminal device has through the indication information carrying the parameter N-symbol CORESET. One ability.
可以理解的是,针对协议规定的span图案(X,Y),默认终端设备支持的CORESET的最长时域长度小于或等于Y。网络设备按照Y配置发送给终端设备的PDCCH配置,可能出现一个span内的每个符号都包括一个持续时间为1符号的PDCCH MO,从而增加终端设备盲检测的复杂度。为此,本申请实施例通过第一能力信息明确指示终端设备能够支持的CORESET的时域长度,例如为小于Y的某个值N。从而使得网络设备根据第一能力信息配置更为合理的PDCCH配置,以降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度。It can be understood that for the span pattern (X, Y) specified in the protocol, the longest time domain length of CORESET supported by the default terminal device is less than or equal to Y. When the network device sends the PDCCH configuration to the terminal device according to the Y configuration, each symbol in a span may include a PDCCH MO with a duration of 1 symbol, thereby increasing the complexity of blind detection by the terminal device. To this end, the embodiment of the present application clearly indicates the time domain length of CORESET that the terminal device can support through the first capability information, for example, a certain value N smaller than Y. This enables the network device to configure a more reasonable PDCCH configuration according to the first capability information, so as to reduce the complexity of blind detection of the terminal device.
示例性的,N可以为终端设备支持的CORESET的不同时域长度组成的集合(例如称为第一集合)的一个元素。该第一集合可记为{{Y1}、{Y2}、{Y1、Y2,…,Y}、{Y1或Y2},…,},其中,Y1和Y2均为小于或等于Y的整数,Y1小于Y2。终端设备可支持CORESET的一个时域长度。例如,终端设备的能力较弱,N可以是Y1;终端设备的能力较强,N可以是Y。终端设备可支持CORESET的多个时域长度,例如,N可以是{Y1、Y2,…,Y}。或者,终端设备仅支持CORESET的多个时域长度中的一个时域长度,N可以是{Y1或Y2}。即N为{Y1或Y2},表示针对一种span图案,支持时域长度为Y1或Y2的CORESET。以span图案为(2,2)为例。第一集合可为{{1},{2},{1,2},{1或2}},N为第一集合的一个元素。需要说明的是,如上述第一集合的实现形式仅是举例,本申请实施例对第一集合包括的元素的个数不作限制。例如,第一集合可为{{1},{2},{1,2}}。For example, N may be an element of a set (for example, called the first set) consisting of different time domain lengths of CORESET supported by the terminal device. The first set can be recorded as {{Y1}, {Y2}, {Y1, Y2,...,Y}, {Y1 or Y2},...,}, where Y1 and Y2 are both integers less than or equal to Y, Y1 is smaller than Y2. The terminal device may support a time domain length of CORESET. For example, if the terminal device has weak capabilities, N can be Y1; if the terminal device has strong capabilities, N can be Y. The terminal device can support multiple time domain lengths of CORESET. For example, N can be {Y1, Y2,...,Y}. Alternatively, the terminal device only supports one time domain length among multiple time domain lengths of CORESET, and N can be {Y1 or Y2}. That is, N is {Y1 or Y2}, which means that for a span pattern, CORESET with a time domain length of Y1 or Y2 is supported. Take the span pattern as (2,2) as an example. The first set may be {{1}, {2}, {1,2}, {1 or 2}}, and N is an element of the first set. It should be noted that the above implementation form of the first set is only an example, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of elements included in the first set. For example, the first set may be {{1},{2},{1,2}}.
在可能的实现方式中,终端设备向网络设备发送第一能力信息,即终端设备具有第一能力,默认终端设备具有基于span级PDCCH监听的能力或终端设备需要先支持基于span级PDCCH监听能力。终 端设备发送第一能力信息,需要先支持或先上报或同时上报基于span级PDCCH监听能力FG11-2。如果终端设备除了向网络设备发送第一能力信息,还向网络设备上报参数pdcch-Monitoring-r16,即向网络设备上报终端设备具有基于span级PDCCH监听的能力,那么网络设备基于第一能力信息向终端设备发送PDCCH配置。In a possible implementation, the terminal device sends the first capability information to the network device, that is, the terminal device has the first capability. By default, the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring or the terminal device needs to first support the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability. end For the terminal device to send the first capability information, it needs to support or report first or report at the same time the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability FG11-2. If the terminal device not only sends the first capability information to the network device, but also reports the parameter pdcch-Monitoring-r16 to the network device, that is, reports to the network device that the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring, then the network device based on the first capability information The terminal device sends PDCCH configuration.
第一能力的作用范围可以是针对终端设备、小区(cell)、频段(band)、载波(carrier)或者频段组合(band combination,BC)。也可以认为,第一能力信息可以是终端设备级,可以是小区级、频段级、载波级或者频段组合级。换句话说,第一能力信息的粒度有终端设备级、小区级、频段级、载波级或者频段组合级。为方便描述,可以将第一能力信息的粒度为特性集合(feature set,FS)。该FS可以是FS级、小区级、频段级、载波级或者频段组合级等。The scope of the first capability may be for terminal equipment, cell, frequency band, carrier or frequency band combination (band combination, BC). It can also be considered that the first capability information can be at the terminal equipment level, or at the cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level. In other words, the granularity of the first capability information is terminal equipment level, cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level. For convenience of description, the granularity of the first capability information can be referred to as a feature set (FS). The FS may be at FS level, cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level, etc.
以第一能力信息的粒度是小区级为例,终端设备发送的第一能力信息可指示该终端设备在第一小区的所有BWP上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。也就是,第一能力应用于第一小区。该终端设备在第一小区之外的小区支持的CORESET的时域长度可以不为N。Taking the granularity of the first capability information as cell level as an example, the first capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on all BWPs of the first cell. That is, the first capability is applied to the first cell. The time domain length of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment in a cell other than the first cell may not be N.
以第一能力信息的粒度是频段级为例,终端设备发送的第一能力信息可指示该终端设备在第一频段上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。也就是,第一能力应用于第一频段。该终端设备在第一频段内所有小区或所有载波或所有成分载波(omponent carrier,CC)上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。Taking the granularity of the first capability information at the frequency band level as an example, the first capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. That is, the first capability applies to the first frequency band. The time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on all cells or all carriers or all component carriers (CC) in the first frequency band.
以第一能力信息的粒度是频段组合级为例,终端设备发送的第一能力信息可指示该终端设备在第一频段组合上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。也就是,第一能力应用于第一频段组合。该终端设备在第一频段组合包括的各个频段内所有小区或所有载波或所有成分载波(omponent carrier,CC)上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。Taking the granularity of the first capability information as a frequency band combination level as an example, the first capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band combination. That is, the first capability applies to the first frequency band combination. The time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on all cells or all carriers or all component carriers (component carriers, CC) in each frequency band included in the first frequency band combination.
以第一能力信息的粒度是载波级为例,终端设备发送的第一能力信息可指示该终端设备在第一载波上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。也就是,第一能力应用于一个载波。Taking the granularity of the first capability information as carrier level as an example, the first capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier. That is, the first capability applies to one carrier.
以第一能力信息的粒度是终端设备级为例,终端设备发送的第一能力信息可指示所支持的CORESET的时域长度N可应用于所有频段组合、频段、频段内的所有小区、载波等。Taking the granularity of the first capability information at the terminal device level as an example, the first capability information sent by the terminal device can indicate that the supported time domain length N of CORESET can be applied to all frequency band combinations, frequency bands, all cells, carriers within the frequency band, etc. .
在可能的实现方式中,第一能力信息可以是针对终端设备支持所有的组合(X,Y)中的某一种组合(X,Y)。例如,终端设备支持组合(2,2),N为1,第一能力信息指示对于(2,2)的一个span内只支持CORESET时域符号长度等于1,也可以理解为对于(2,2)的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数为1,或者,一个span内包含的所有PDCCH MO或所有候选PDCCH都在同一OFDM符号上。作为第一能力信息的一种实现形式,针对每种组合(X,Y)可引入一个参数,该参数可指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N。例如,第一能力信息可包括参数“PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16”即至少一种组合(X,Y)中的一个组合(X,Y)对应一个N。例如,存在三种组合(X,Y),相应的,这三种组合(X,Y)中的每一种组合(X,Y)都对应一个N。In a possible implementation, the first capability information may be that the terminal device supports a certain combination (X, Y) among all combinations (X, Y). For example, the terminal device supports the combination (2,2), N is 1, and the first capability information indicates that only CORESET time domain symbol length equal to 1 is supported within a span of (2,2), which can also be understood as that for (2,2) ) the number of start symbols and/or end symbols of PDCCH MOs in a span is 1, or all PDCCH MOs or all candidate PDCCHs included in a span are on the same OFDM symbol. As an implementation form of the first capability information, a parameter may be introduced for each combination (X, Y), which may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device. For example, the first capability information may include the parameter "PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16", that is, one combination (X, Y) of at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one N. For example, there are three combinations (X, Y), and accordingly, each of the three combinations (X, Y) corresponds to an N.
以存在(2,2),(4,3),(7,3)三种组合(X,Y),且以N=1为例,PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16的实现形式如下:
Taking the existence of three combinations (X,Y) (2,2), (4,3), and (7,3), and taking N=1 as an example, the implementation form of PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16 is as follows:
其中,period7span3表示span图案(7,3),period4span3表示span图案(4,3),period2span2表示span图案(2,2)。ENUMERATED{supported}表示如果终端设备上报“supported”,则终端设备支持N=1。上述以period7span3、period4span3和period2span2均支持N=1为例。Among them, period7span3 represents the span pattern (7,3), period4span3 represents the span pattern (4,3), and period2span2 represents the span pattern (2,2). ENUMERATED{supported} means that if the terminal device reports "supported", the terminal device supports N=1. The above example uses period7span3, period4span3 and period2span2 all supporting N=1.
网络设备可根据第一能力信息针对不同span图案配置PDCCH配置。例如,终端设备上报的PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16表示period2span2支持N=1,那么网络设备配置组合(2,2)对应的PDCCH配置时,只配置CORESET的持续符号为1。The network device may configure PDCCH configuration for different span patterns according to the first capability information. For example, the PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16 reported by the terminal device indicates that period2span2 supports N=1, then when the network device configures the PDCCH corresponding to the combination (2,2), only the continuous symbol of CORESET is configured as 1.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一能力信息也可以是针对终端设备支持组合(X,Y)中所有的(X,Y)。例如,针对组合(2,2)、(4,3)和(7,3),N为1,第一能力信息指示对于组合(2,2)、(4,3)和(7,3)的一个span内只支持CORESET时域符号长度等于1。也可以理解为,对于(2,2)的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始 符号和/或结束符号的个数为1,或者,一个span内包含的所有PDCCH MO或所有候选PDCCH都在同一OFDM符号上。作为第一能力信息的另一种实现形式,针对所有的组合(X,Y)可引入一个参数,该参数可指示对所有的组合(X,Y),终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N。即至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个N。例如,第一能力信息可包括参数“PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16”。以N=1为例,PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16的实现形式如下:
PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbolAllcombination-r16::=
{ENUMERATED{supported}OPTIONAL}。
In another possible implementation, the first capability information may also be for the terminal device supporting all (X, Y) in the combination (X, Y). For example, for the combinations (2,2), (4,3) and (7,3), N is 1, and the first capability information indicates that for the combinations (2,2), (4,3) and (7,3) Only CORESET time domain symbol length equal to 1 is supported within a span. It can also be understood as, for the start of PDCCH MO within a span of (2,2) The number of symbols and/or end symbols is 1, or all PDCCH MOs or all candidate PDCCHs included in a span are on the same OFDM symbol. As another implementation form of the first capability information, a parameter may be introduced for all combinations (X, Y), which may indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device for all combinations (X, Y). . That is, at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N. For example, the first capability information may include the parameter "PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16". Taking N=1 as an example, the implementation form of PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbol-r16 is as follows:
PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithRestrictionOneSymbolAllcombination-r16::=
{ENUMERATED{supported}OPTIONAL}.
表示终端设备支持的所有span图案(X,Y)都支持N=1,网络设备对终端设备支持的所有span图案(X,Y)配置CORESET的时域长度为N个符号。Indicates that all span patterns (X, Y) supported by the terminal device support N=1, and the network device configures the time domain length of CORESET for all span patterns (X, Y) supported by the terminal device to be N symbols.
S602、网络设备根据第一能力信息确定控制信道配置信息,并向终端设备发送控制信道配置信息,相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的控制信道配置信息。S602. The network device determines the control channel configuration information according to the first capability information, and sends the control channel configuration information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the control channel configuration information from the network device.
控制信道可以是PDCCH(下文以此为例)。网络设备可根据第一能力信息确定PDCCH配置信息,该PDCCH配置信息可用于终端设备确定PDCCH占用的至少一个时间单元(即至少一个span)。该PDCCH配置信息可包括搜索空间集合配置信息、CORESET配置信息等,可用于终端设备确定组合(X,Y)。具体的,终端设备可根据PDCCH配置信息和3GPP通信标准协议TS38.213中规定的用于确定span图案的规则来确定组合(X,Y)。应理解,该组合(X,Y)是终端设备通过上报能力所指示的终端设备支持的span图案。PDCCH配置信息可承载于RRC信令,可以是RRC配置消息或RRC重配消息。The control channel may be PDCCH (this is used as an example below). The network device may determine PDCCH configuration information according to the first capability information, and the PDCCH configuration information may be used by the terminal device to determine at least one time unit (ie, at least one span) occupied by the PDCCH. The PDCCH configuration information may include search space set configuration information, CORESET configuration information, etc., and may be used by the terminal device to determine the combination (X, Y). Specifically, the terminal equipment can determine the combination (X, Y) according to the PDCCH configuration information and the rules for determining the span pattern specified in the 3GPP communication standard protocol TS38.213. It should be understood that the combination (X, Y) is a span pattern supported by the terminal device as indicated by the reporting capability of the terminal device. PDCCH configuration information can be carried in RRC signaling, which can be an RRC configuration message or an RRC reconfiguration message.
终端设备向网络设备上报终端设备所支持的CORESET的时域长度N,网络设备可仅配置CORESET持续符号为N,网络设备针对(X,Y)={(2,2)、(4,3)、(7,3)}中的一种或多种进行PDCCH配置时仅配置CORESET持续符号为N。或者,网络设备可配置CORESET持续符号不限于N,但网络设备针对终端设备上报的组合(X,Y)={(2,2)、(4,3)、(7,3)}中的一种或多种进行PDCCH配置时,每个搜索空间集合仅关联持续符号为N的CORESET。例如,网络设备可以配置终端设备的CORESET持续符号有N,N+1,…,等,但针对(X,Y)={(2,2)、(4,3)、(7,3)}中的一种或多种组合,每个搜索空间集合仅关联为N的CORESET。或者,不论针对哪一种(X,Y),网络设备配置的搜索空间集合仅关联CORESET持续符号为N的CORESET。The terminal device reports to the network device the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device. The network device can only configure the CORESET duration symbol to be N. The network device targets (X, Y) = {(2,2), (4,3) , (7,3)} only configure the CORESET persistence symbol to be N when configuring the PDCCH. Alternatively, the network device can configure the CORESET persistence symbol not limited to N, but the network device reports one of the combinations (X, Y) = {(2,2), (4,3), (7,3)} for the terminal device. When one or more PDCCH configurations are performed, each search space set is only associated with CORESETs with a duration of N symbols. For example, the network device can configure the CORESET persistence symbols of the terminal device to be N, N+1,..., etc., but for (X, Y) = {(2,2), (4,3), (7,3)} One or more combinations of N, each search space set is associated with only N CORESETs. Alternatively, no matter which one (X, Y) is targeted, the search space set configured by the network device is only associated with CORESETs whose CORESET duration is N.
为了尽量降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度,降低终端设备的处理时延,网络设备根据第一能力信息配置的PDCCH配置可能存在如下几种情况。In order to minimize the complexity of blind detection of the terminal equipment and reduce the processing delay of the terminal equipment, the PDCCH configuration configured by the network equipment according to the first capability information may have the following situations.
情况一,N=1,相邻的两个PDCCH MO的起始符号之间间隔P个时域符号,其中,P为大于或等于1的整数。需要说明的是,同一个符号上时域重叠的两个PDCCH MO相邻的两个PDCCH MO不包括完全重叠的两个PDCCH MO。其中,完全重叠可以理解为两个PDCCH MO的起始符号为同一个符号,所述两个PDCCH MO的结束符号也为同一个符号。也可以理解为,本申请实施例新提供了确定span图案的一种规则,也可以认为,提供了确定span图案的一种约束条件。例如,N=1,针对组合(2,2),规定相邻的两个PDCCH MO的起始符号之间至少间隔1个符号,可实现(2,1)的span图案。同理,针对span图案(4,3),可实现为(4,1)的span图案。针对span图案(7,3),可实现为(7,1)的span图案。Case 1, N=1, the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs are separated by P time domain symbols, where P is an integer greater than or equal to 1. It should be noted that two adjacent PDCCH MOs with overlapping time domains on the same symbol do not include two completely overlapping PDCCH MOs. Among them, complete overlap can be understood as the starting symbols of the two PDCCH MOs are the same symbol, and the ending symbols of the two PDCCH MOs are also the same symbol. It can also be understood that the embodiment of the present application provides a new rule for determining the span pattern, and it can also be considered that it provides a constraint for determining the span pattern. For example, N=1, for combination (2,2), it is stipulated that there is at least 1 symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs, and the span pattern of (2,1) can be achieved. In the same way, for the span pattern (4,3), the span pattern of (4,1) can be implemented. For the span pattern (7,3), the span pattern of (7,1) can be implemented.
举例来说,请参见图7,为PDCCH配置的一种示意图。图7以组合(X,Y)=(2,2),N=1为例。图7中的“#1~#7”指的是span#1~span#7,也就是7个时间跨度。如图7所示,由于组合(X,Y)=(2,2),因此,两个相邻的PDCCH MO的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔为2。当N=1,即配置的SS set关联持续时间为1个符号的CORESET,可配置相邻的两个PDCCH MO之间间隔1个符号,从而实现组合(2,1)。这种情况下,即使配置的SS set关联持续时间为1个符号的CORESET,1个时隙(或span)内并不是每个符号都有1个PDCCH MO,从而可降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度。For example, please refer to Figure 7, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration. Figure 7 takes the combination (X, Y) = (2, 2) and N = 1 as an example. “#1~#7” in Figure 7 refers to span#1~span#7, which is 7 time spans. As shown in Figure 7, since the combination (X, Y) = (2, 2), the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 2. When N=1, that is, the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 1 symbol, the interval between two adjacent PDCCH MOs can be configured to be 1 symbol, thereby achieving combination (2,1). In this case, even if the configured SS set is associated with CORESET with a duration of 1 symbol, not every symbol in 1 time slot (or span) has 1 PDCCH MO, which can reduce the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment. Spend.
另外,PDCCH MO的持续时间为1个符号,相较于组合(X,Y)=(2,2)来说,PDSCH和调度的PDCCH重叠的符号更少,从而可为终端设备预留更多的处理时间。例如,在图7中,处理PDCCH的起始时间从第2个符号开始,相较于图5中处理PDCCH的起始时间从第3个符号开始来说,开始处理PDCCH的时间更早。从而图7相较于图5来说,处理PDSCH的起始时间也更早。且,在图7中,PDSCH的处理时长相较于图5中PDSCH的处理时长更短,从而终端设备可以尽快处理完PDSCH。可见,图7所示的配置为终端设备预留更多的处理时间,有利于终端设备满足低延时业务的需求。 In addition, the duration of the PDCCH MO is 1 symbol. Compared with the combination (X, Y) = (2, 2), the PDSCH and the scheduled PDCCH overlap with fewer symbols, thereby reserving more symbols for the terminal equipment. processing time. For example, in Figure 7, the starting time of processing the PDCCH starts from the second symbol. Compared with the starting time of processing the PDCCH from the third symbol in Figure 5, the time to start processing the PDCCH is earlier. Therefore, compared with Figure 5, the starting time of processing PDSCH in Figure 7 is also earlier. Moreover, in Figure 7, the processing time of the PDSCH is shorter than the processing time of the PDSCH in Figure 5, so that the terminal equipment can process the PDSCH as quickly as possible. It can be seen that the configuration shown in Figure 7 reserves more processing time for the terminal device, which is helpful for the terminal device to meet the needs of low-latency services.
请参见图8,为PDCCH配置的一种示意图。图8以组合(X,Y)=(4,3),N=1为例。图8中的“#1~#3”指的是span#1~span#3,也就是3个时间跨度。如图8所示,由于组合(X,Y)=(4,3),因此,两个相邻的PDCCH MO的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔为4。当N=1,即配置的SS set关联持续时间为1个符号的CORESET,可配置相邻的两个PDCCH MO的起始符号之间至少间隔1个符号,从而实现组合(4,1)。这种情况下,即使配置的SS set关联持续时间为1个符号的CORESET,1个时隙(或span)内并不是每个符号都有1个PDCCH MO,从而可降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度。另外,PDCCH MO的持续时间为1个符号,PDSCH和调度的PDCCH重叠的符号更少,从而可为终端设备预留更多的处理时间,有利于终端设备满足低延时业务的需求。Please refer to Figure 8, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration. Figure 8 takes the combination (X, Y) = (4, 3) and N = 1 as an example. “#1~#3” in Figure 8 refers to span#1~span#3, which are 3 time spans. As shown in Figure 8, since the combination (X, Y) = (4, 3), the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 4. When N=1, that is, the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 1 symbol, the start symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs can be configured to be separated by at least 1 symbol, thereby achieving combination (4,1). In this case, even if the configured SS set is associated with CORESET with a duration of 1 symbol, not every symbol in 1 time slot (or span) has 1 PDCCH MO, which can reduce the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment. Spend. In addition, the duration of PDCCH MO is 1 symbol, and the overlapping symbols of PDSCH and scheduled PDCCH are fewer, which can reserve more processing time for terminal equipment and help terminal equipment meet the needs of low-latency services.
请参见图9,为PDCCH配置的一种示意图。图9以组合(X,Y)=(7,3),N=1为例。图9中的“#1~#2”指的是span#1~span#2,也就是2个时间跨度。如图9所示,由于组合(X,Y)=(7,3),因此,两个相邻的PDCCH MO的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔为7。当N=1,即配置的SS set关联持续时间为1个符号的CORESET,可配置相邻的两个PDCCH MO的起始符号之间至少间隔1个符号,从而实现组合(7,1)。这种情况下,即使配置的SS set关联持续时间为1个符号的CORESET,1个时隙(或span)内并不是每个符号都有1个PDCCH MO,从而可降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度。另外,PDCCH MO的持续时间为1个符号,PDSCH和调度的PDCCH重叠的符号更少,可为终端设备预留更多的处理时间,有利于终端设备满足低延时业务的需求。Please refer to Figure 9, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration. Figure 9 takes the combination (X, Y) = (7, 3) and N = 1 as an example. “#1~#2” in Figure 9 refers to span#1~span#2, which are 2 time spans. As shown in Figure 9, since the combination (X, Y) = (7, 3), the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 7. When N=1, that is, the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 1 symbol, the start symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs can be configured to be separated by at least 1 symbol, thereby achieving combination (7,1). In this case, even if the configured SS set is associated with CORESET with a duration of 1 symbol, not every symbol in 1 time slot (or span) has 1 PDCCH MO, which can reduce the complexity of blind detection by the terminal equipment. Spend. In addition, the duration of PDCCH MO is 1 symbol, and there are fewer overlapping symbols between PDSCH and scheduled PDCCH, which can reserve more processing time for terminal equipment and help terminal equipment meet the needs of low-latency services.
情况二,N=2,相邻的两个PDCCH MO的起始符号之间间隔Q个符号,Q大于或等于X。需要说明的是,相邻的两个PDCCH MO不包括完全重叠的两个PDCCH MO,也不包括部分重叠的PDCCH MO。完全重叠的两个PDCCH MO指的是两个PDCCH MO的起始符号相同,且这两个PDCCH MO的结束符号相同。部分重叠的两个PDCCH MO包括起始符号相同,但是长度不同的两个PDCCH MO,也包括结束符号相同,但是长度不同的两个PDCCH MO。其中,完全重叠或部分重叠的两个PDCCH MO位于同一个span内。情况二,可理解为,新提供了确定span图案的一种规则,或提供了确定span图案的一种约束条件。例如,N=2,针对span图案(4,3),可实现为(4,2)的span图案。同理,针对span图案(7,3),可实现为(7,2)的span图案。Case 2, N=2, the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs are separated by Q symbols, and Q is greater than or equal to X. It should be noted that two adjacent PDCCH MOs do not include two completely overlapping PDCCH MOs, nor do they include partially overlapping PDCCH MOs. Two completely overlapping PDCCH MOs refer to the same starting symbols of the two PDCCH MOs, and the same ending symbols of the two PDCCH MOs. Two partially overlapping PDCCH MOs include two PDCCH MOs with the same starting symbols but different lengths, and two PDCCH MOs with the same ending symbols but different lengths. Among them, two PDCCH MOs that completely overlap or partially overlap are located in the same span. The second situation can be understood as providing a new rule for determining the span pattern, or providing a constraint for determining the span pattern. For example, N=2, for the span pattern (4,3), it can be implemented as the span pattern of (4,2). In the same way, for the span pattern (7,3), the span pattern of (7,2) can be implemented.
举例来说,请参见图10,为PDCCH配置的一种示意图。图10以组合(X,Y)=(4,3),N=2,且1个时隙上PDCCH的配置为例。由于(X,Y)=(4,3),因此,两个相邻的PDCCH MO的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔为4。当N=2,即配置的SS set关联持续时间为2个符号的CORESET,可配置任意两个PDCCH MO的起始符号之间间隔P=4个符号。且规定相邻的两个PDCCH MO分别所在的子符号集合不相邻,也可以认为,相邻的两个PDCCH MO中的前一个PDCCH MO的结束符号和后一个PDCCH MO的起始符号之间至少间隔1个符号。例如,图10中的PDCCH MO#1的起始符号和PDCCH MO#2的起始符号之间间隔2个符号。由于一个PDCCH MO不跨1个时隙的边界,因此,PDCCH MO#4与PDCCH#1的起始符号相同,即PDCCH MO#4的起始符号与PDCCH#1的起始符号之间间隔0个符号。可见,图10可实现组合(4,2)。For example, please refer to Figure 10, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration. Figure 10 takes the combination (X, Y) = (4, 3), N = 2, and the configuration of PDCCH on one time slot as an example. Since (X,Y)=(4,3), the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 4. When N=2, that is, the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 2 symbols, the interval between the starting symbols of any two PDCCH MOs can be configured to be P=4 symbols. And it is stipulated that the sub-symbol sets of two adjacent PDCCH MOs are not adjacent. It can also be considered that the end symbol of the previous PDCCH MO and the start symbol of the next PDCCH MO in the two adjacent PDCCH MOs are not adjacent. separated by at least 1 symbol. For example, the starting symbol of PDCCH MO#1 and the starting symbol of PDCCH MO#2 in Figure 10 are separated by 2 symbols. Since a PDCCH MO does not span the boundary of a time slot, the starting symbols of PDCCH MO#4 and PDCCH#1 are the same, that is, the interval between the starting symbols of PDCCH MO#4 and the starting symbols of PDCCH#1 is 0 symbol. It can be seen that the combination (4,2) can be realized in Figure 10.
请参见图11,为PDCCH配置的一种示意图。图11以组合(X,Y)=(7,3),N=2为例。由于(X,Y)=(7,3),因此,两个相邻的PDCCH MO的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔为7。当N=2,即配置的SS set关联持续时间为2个符号的CORESET,可配置任意两个PDCCH MO的起始符号之间间隔P=7个符号。且规定相邻的两个PDCCH MO分别所在的子符号集合不相邻,也可以认为,相邻的两个PDCCH MO中的前一个PDCCH MO的结束符号和后一个PDCCH MO的起始符号之间至少间隔1个符号。例如,图11中的PDCCH MO#1的起始符号和PDCCH MO#2的起始符号之间间隔7个符号。由于一个PDCCH MO不跨1个时隙的边界,因此,如图11所示,PDCCH MO#4与PDCCH#1的起始符号相同,PDCCH MO#2与PDCCH#3的起始符号相同。可见,图11可实现组合(7,2)。Please refer to Figure 11, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration. Figure 11 takes the combination (X, Y) = (7, 3) and N = 2 as an example. Since (X,Y)=(7,3), the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 7. When N=2, that is, the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 2 symbols, the interval between the starting symbols of any two PDCCH MOs can be configured to be P=7 symbols. And it is stipulated that the sub-symbol sets of two adjacent PDCCH MOs are not adjacent. It can also be considered that the end symbol of the previous PDCCH MO and the start symbol of the next PDCCH MO in the two adjacent PDCCH MOs are not adjacent. separated by at least 1 symbol. For example, the starting symbol of PDCCH MO#1 and the starting symbol of PDCCH MO#2 in Figure 11 are separated by 7 symbols. Since a PDCCH MO does not span the boundary of a time slot, as shown in Figure 11, the starting symbols of PDCCH MO#4 and PDCCH#1 are the same, and the starting symbols of PDCCH MO#2 and PDCCH#3 are the same. It can be seen that the combination (7,2) can be realized in Figure 11.
情况三,N={1、2},也可以理解为,N可以是1,也可以是2。网络设备可以根据N=1配置PDCCH配置,或者,网络设备可以根据N=2配置PDCCH配置。换句话说,网络设备不会在PDCCH配置中既包含时域长度为1的CORESET,又包含时域长度为2的CORESET,网络设备只会选择一种时域长度的CORESET进行PDCCH配置。Case 3, N={1, 2}, can also be understood as, N can be 1 or 2. The network device may configure the PDCCH configuration according to N=1, or the network device may configure the PDCCH configuration according to N=2. In other words, the network device will not include both a CORESET with a time domain length of 1 and a CORESET with a time domain length of 2 in the PDCCH configuration. The network device will only select a CORESET with a time domain length for PDCCH configuration.
如情况一,网络设备可以根据N=1进行PDCCH配置,可以实现组合(X,Y)={(2,1)、(4,1)、(7,1)}中的一种或多种。如情况二,网络设备也可以根据N=2进行PDCCH配置,可以实现组合(X,Y)={(2,2)、(4,2)、(7,2)}中的一种或多种。 As in case 1, the network device can perform PDCCH configuration according to N=1, and can achieve one or more of the combinations (X, Y) = {(2,1), (4,1), (7,1)} . As in case 2, the network device can also configure PDCCH according to N=2, which can realize one or more of the combinations (X,Y)={(2,2), (4,2), (7,2)} kind.
在一种可能的实现方式,对于N=1,网络设备可仅配置CORESET持续符号为1,网络设备针对(X,Y)={(2,2)、(4,3)、(7,3)}中的一种或多种进行PDCCH配置时仅配置CORESET持续符号为1。对于N=2,网络设备可仅配置CORESET持续符号为2,网络设备针对(X,Y)={(4,3)和/或(7,3)}进行PDCCH配置时仅配置CORESET持续符号为2。In a possible implementation, for N=1, the network device can only configure the CORESET persistence symbol to be 1, and the network device can configure the CORESET persistence symbol for (X, Y) = {(2,2), (4,3), (7,3 )} only configure the CORESET persistence symbol to be 1 when configuring the PDCCH. For N=2, the network device can only configure the CORESET persistence symbol to be 2. When configuring the PDCCH for (X,Y)={(4,3) and/or (7,3)}, the network device can only configure the CORESET persistence symbol to be 2.
上述以终端设备向网络设备上报第一能力信息,网络设备根据第一能力信息配置PDCCH配置为例,以避免一个span内的每个符号都包括1个PDCCH MO。这样不会额外增加终端设备的盲检测复杂度,可为终端设备预留更多的处理时间,以使得终端设备可以满足低时延业务的需求。The above example takes the terminal device reporting the first capability information to the network device and the network device configuring the PDCCH configuration according to the first capability information to avoid that each symbol in a span includes one PDCCH MO. This will not increase the blind detection complexity of the terminal device, and can reserve more processing time for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can meet the needs of low-latency services.
作为一种可替换的方案,终端设备还可以向网络设备上报第二能力,网络设备基于第一能力信息和终端设备支持的第二能力配置PDCCH配置。该方案可也避免一个span内的每个符号都包括1个PDCCH MO。另外,还可以使得终端设备在一个span内能够统一处理PDCCH,更加降低终端设备的复杂度。需要说明的是,终端设备上报第二能力不是必须执行的,因此如下的S603在图6中以虚线进行示意,表示S603是可选的步骤,不是必须执行的步骤。下面介绍该方案。As an alternative solution, the terminal device can also report the second capability to the network device, and the network device configures the PDCCH configuration based on the first capability information and the second capability supported by the terminal device. This scheme can also avoid that each symbol within a span includes 1 PDCCH MO. In addition, it can also enable the terminal equipment to process PDCCH uniformly within a span, further reducing the complexity of the terminal equipment. It should be noted that reporting the second capability by the terminal device is not mandatory, so the following S603 is illustrated with a dotted line in Figure 6 , indicating that S603 is an optional step and is not a step that must be executed. The solution is introduced below.
S603、终端设备向网络设备发送第二能力信息,相应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二能力信息。S603. The terminal device sends the second capability information to the network device, and accordingly, the network device receives the second capability information from the terminal device.
第二能力信息可用于指示终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号或结束符号的个数M。其中,M可以是一个取值,也可以是一个集合。例如,M={1,2,…,一个span的最长长度}中的一个取值,表示终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号或结束符号的个数为1或2或3。又例如,M={1,2,…,一个span的最长长度},表示终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号或结束符号的个数最多为一个span的最长长度个。又例如,M={1,大于1的整数},表示终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号或结束符号的个数可以是1个,也可以是多个。The second capability information may be used to indicate that the terminal equipment supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span. Among them, M can be a value or a set. For example, a value in M={1,2,…, the longest length of a span} indicates that the terminal equipment supports the number of start symbols or end symbols of PDCCH MO within a span to be 1, 2, or 3. For another example, M={1,2,..., the longest length of a span}, which means that the number of start symbols or end symbols of the PDCCH MO supported by the terminal equipment in a span is at most the longest length of a span. For another example, M={1, an integer greater than 1}, indicating that the terminal equipment supports the number of start symbols or end symbols of PDCCH MO within a span, which can be 1 or multiple.
在可能的实现方式中,终端设备向网络设备发送第二能力信息,即终端设备具有第二能力,默认终端设备具有基于span级PDCCH监听的能力或终端设备需要先支持基于span级PDCCH监听能力。终端设备发送第二能力信息,需要先支持或先上报或同时上报基于span级PDCCH监听能力FG11-2。如果终端设备除了向网络设备发送第二能力信息,还向网络设备上报参数pdcch-Monitoring-r16,即向网络设备上报终端设备具有基于span级PDCCH监听的能力,那么网络设备优先基于第二能力信息向终端设备发送PDCCH配置。In a possible implementation, the terminal device sends the second capability information to the network device, that is, the terminal device has the second capability. By default, the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring or the terminal device needs to first support the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability. To send the second capability information, the terminal equipment needs to support or report first or simultaneously report the span-level PDCCH monitoring capability FG11-2. If the terminal device not only sends the second capability information to the network device, but also reports the parameter pdcch-Monitoring-r16 to the network device, that is, reports to the network device that the terminal device has the capability of span-level PDCCH monitoring, then the network device gives priority to based on the second capability information. Send the PDCCH configuration to the terminal device.
第二能力的作用范围可以是针对终端设备、小区、频段、载波或者频段组合。也可以认为,第二能力信息可以是终端设备级,可以是小区级、频段级、载波级或者频段组合级。换句话说,第二能力信息的粒度有终端设备级、小区级、频段级、载波级或者频段组合级。为方便描述,可以将第二能力信息的粒度为特性集合(feature set,FS)。该FS可以是FS级、小区级、频段级、载波级或者频段组合级等。The scope of the second capability may be directed to terminal equipment, cells, frequency bands, carriers, or combinations of frequency bands. It can also be considered that the second capability information can be at the terminal equipment level, or at the cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level. In other words, the granularity of the second capability information is terminal equipment level, cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level. For convenience of description, the granularity of the second capability information can be referred to as a feature set (FS). The FS may be at FS level, cell level, frequency band level, carrier level or frequency band combination level, etc.
以第二能力信息的粒度是小区级为例,终端设备发送的第二能力信息可指示该终端设备在第一小区的所有BWP上支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数M。也就是,第一能力应用于第一小区。该终端设备在第一小区之外的小区支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数可以不为M。Taking the granularity of the second capability information at the cell level as an example, the second capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the starting symbols and/or ending symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal device on all BWPs of the first cell. The number of M. That is, the first capability is applied to the first cell. The number of starting symbols and/or ending symbols of the PDCCH MO in a span supported by the terminal equipment in a cell other than the first cell may not be M.
以第二能力信息的粒度是频段级为例,终端设备发送的第二能力信息可指示该终端设备在第一频段上支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数。也就是,第二能力应用于第一频段。该终端设备在第一频段内所有小区或所有载波或所有成分载波上支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数。Taking the granularity of the second capability information at the frequency band level as an example, the second capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the number of start symbols and/or end symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. . That is, the second capability is applied to the first frequency band. The number of starting symbols and/or ending symbols of PDCCH MO in a span supported by the terminal equipment on all cells or all carriers or all component carriers in the first frequency band.
以第二能力信息的粒度是频段组合级为例,终端设备发送的第二能力信息可指示该终端设备在第一频段组合上支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数。也就是,第二能力应用于第一频段组合。该终端设备在第一频段组合包括的各个频段内所有小区或所有载波或所有成分载波上支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数。Taking the granularity of the second capability information as a frequency band combination level as an example, the second capability information sent by the terminal equipment may indicate the start symbol and/or end symbol of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal equipment on the first frequency band combination. number. That is, the second capability applies to the first frequency band combination. The number of starting symbols and/or ending symbols of PDCCH MO in a span supported by the terminal equipment on all cells or all carriers or all component carriers in each frequency band included in the first frequency band combination.
以第二能力信息的粒度是载波级为例,终端设备发送的第二能力信息可指示该终端设备在第一载波上支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数。也就是,第二能力应用于一个载波。Taking the granularity of the second capability information as carrier level as an example, the second capability information sent by the terminal device may indicate the number of starting symbols and/or ending symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal device on the first carrier. . That is, the second capability applies to one carrier.
以第二能力信息的粒度是终端设备级为例,终端设备发送的第二能力信息可指示所支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数可应用于所有频段组合、频段、频段内的所有小区、载波等。 Taking the granularity of the second capability information at the terminal equipment level as an example, the second capability information sent by the terminal equipment can indicate that the number of starting symbols and/or ending symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported can be applied to all frequency band combinations. , frequency band, all cells and carriers within the frequency band, etc.
与第一能力信息类似,第二能力信息可以是针对终端设备支持的所有组合(X,Y)中的某一种(X,Y)。例如,终端设备支持组合(2,2),M为1,第二能力信息指示对于(2,2)的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数为1,或者,一个span内包含的所有PDCCH MO或所有候选PDCCH都在同一OFDM符号上。例如,针对每种组合(X,Y)可引入一个参数,该参数可指示终端设备支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号或结束符号的个数。即至少一种组合(X,Y)中的各种组合分别对应一个M。例如,第二能力信息可包括参数“PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16”,其实现形式如下:
Similar to the first capability information, the second capability information may be a certain one (X, Y) among all combinations (X, Y) supported by the terminal device. For example, the terminal equipment supports the combination (2,2), M is 1, and the second capability information indicates that the number of start symbols and/or end symbols of the PDCCH MO in a span of (2,2) is 1, or, All PDCCH MOs or all candidate PDCCHs included in a span are on the same OFDM symbol. For example, a parameter can be introduced for each combination (X, Y), which can indicate the number of start symbols or end symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span supported by the terminal equipment. That is, each combination in at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one M. For example, the second capability information may include the parameter "PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16", whose implementation form is as follows:
上述以存在(2,2)、(4,3)和(7,3)三种span图案为例。其中,period7span3表示span图案(7,3),period4span3表示span图案(4,3),period2span2表示span图案(2,2)。ENUMERATED{supported}表示如果终端设备上报“supported”,则终端设备支持M=1。上述以period7span3、period4span3和period2span2均支持M=1为例。The above example takes the existence of three span patterns (2,2), (4,3) and (7,3). Among them, period7span3 represents the span pattern (7,3), period4span3 represents the span pattern (4,3), and period2span2 represents the span pattern (2,2). ENUMERATED{supported} means that if the terminal device reports "supported", the terminal device supports M=1. The above example uses period7span3, period4span3 and period2span2 all supporting M=1.
网络设备可根据第二能力信息针对不同span图案配置PDCCH配置。例如,终端设备上报的PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16表示period4span3支持M=1,那么网络设备配置span图案(4,3)时,按照不同PDCCH MO的结束符号的个数为1来配置,网络设备在1个span可以配置不同长度的PDCCH MO。不同PDCCH MO的起始符号可以不同,但是结束符号相同。The network device may configure PDCCH configuration for different span patterns according to the second capability information. For example, the PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16 reported by the terminal device indicates that period4span3 supports M=1, then when the network device configures the span pattern (4,3), it is configured according to the number of ending symbols of different PDCCH MOs as 1. The network device is configured in 1 Each span can be configured with PDCCH MOs of different lengths. The starting symbols of different PDCCH MOs can be different, but the ending symbols are the same.
例如,请参见图12,为PDCCH的一种配置示意图。图12以span图案为(4,3)为例。当M=1时,时间跨度#1配置有2个PDCCH MO(分别为#1和#2),这2个PDCCH MO的结束符号相同,均为符号1。时间跨度#2配置有2个PDCCH MO(分别为#1和#2),这2个PDCCH MO的结束符号相同,均为符号5。时间跨度#3配置有1个PDCCH(即#1),该PDCCH MO的结束符号为符号9。当M=2时,时间跨度#1配置有3个PDCCH MO(分别为#1、#2和#3),其中,PDCCH MO#1的结束符号为符号0,PDCCH MO#2和PDCCH MO#3的结束符号为符号1。时间跨度#2配置有3个PDCCH MO(分别为#1、#2和#3),其中,PDCCH MO#1的结束符号为符号4,PDCCH MO#2的结束符号为符号5,PDCCH MO#3的结束符号为符号5。时间跨度#3配置有1个PDCCH(即#1),该PDCCH MO的结束符号为符号8。For example, see Figure 12, which is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH. Figure 12 takes the span pattern (4,3) as an example. When M=1, time span #1 is configured with two PDCCH MOs (#1 and #2 respectively). The end symbols of these two PDCCH MOs are the same, which is symbol 1. Time span #2 is configured with 2 PDCCH MOs (#1 and #2 respectively). The end symbols of these two PDCCH MOs are the same, which is symbol 5. Time span #3 is configured with 1 PDCCH (i.e. #1), and the end symbol of this PDCCH MO is symbol 9. When M=2, time span #1 is configured with 3 PDCCH MOs (#1, #2 and #3 respectively), among which, the end symbol of PDCCH MO#1 is symbol 0, PDCCH MO#2 and PDCCH MO# The ending symbol of 3 is symbol 1. Time span #2 is configured with 3 PDCCH MOs (#1, #2 and #3 respectively). Among them, the end symbol of PDCCH MO#1 is symbol 4, the end symbol of PDCCH MO#2 is symbol 5, and the end symbol of PDCCH MO# is symbol 5. The ending symbol of 3 is the symbol 5. Time span #3 is configured with 1 PDCCH (i.e. #1), and the end symbol of this PDCCH MO is symbol 8.
或者,第二能力信息也可以是针对终端设备支持组合(X,Y)中所有的(X,Y)。例如,针对组合(2,2)、(4,3)和(7,3),M为1,第二能力信息指示对于(2,2)的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数为1,或者,一个span内包含的所有PDCCH MO或所有候选PDCCH都在同一OFDM符号上。例如,针对所有的组合(X,Y)可引入一个参数,该参数可指示对所有的组合(X,Y),终端设备支持的一个span内PDCCH MO的起始符号或结束符号的个数M。即至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M。Alternatively, the second capability information may also be for the terminal device supporting all (X, Y) in the combination (X, Y). For example, for the combination (2,2), (4,3) and (7,3), M is 1, and the second capability information indicates the starting symbol of the PDCCH MO within a span of (2,2) and/or The number of end symbols is 1, or all PDCCH MOs or all candidate PDCCHs included in a span are on the same OFDM symbol. For example, a parameter can be introduced for all combinations (X, Y), which can indicate the number M of start symbols or end symbols of PDCCH MO in a span supported by the terminal equipment for all combinations (X, Y). . That is, at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M.
例如,第二能力信息包括“PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16”,以M=1为例,PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16的实现形式如下:
PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16::=
{ENUMERATED{supported}OPTIONAL}。
For example, the second capability information includes "PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16". Taking M=1 as an example, the implementation form of PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16 is as follows:
PDCCH-MonitoringOccasionsWithDifferentEndingSymbol-r16::=
{ENUMERATED{supported}OPTIONAL}.
表示终端设备支持的所有span图案(X,Y)都支持M=1,网络设备对终端设备支持的所有span图案(X,Y),对不同PDCCH MO配置1个结束符号。Indicates that all span patterns (X, Y) supported by the terminal equipment support M=1. The network equipment configures 1 end symbol for different PDCCH MOs for all span patterns (X, Y) supported by the terminal equipment.
为了尽量降低终端设备盲检测的复杂度,降低终端设备的处理时延,网络设备根据第二能力信息配置的控制信道配置可能存在如下几种情况。In order to minimize the complexity of blind detection of the terminal device and reduce the processing delay of the terminal device, the control channel configuration configured by the network device according to the second capability information may have the following situations.
情况一,N=1,M=1。即终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N=1,终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号个数为1。针对span图案(2,2)来说,网络设备按照时域长度为1个符号的CORESET和在一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号为1个来配置PDCCH配置,可实现为(2,1)的span图案。同理,针对span图案(4,3),可实现为(4,1)的span图案;针对span图案(7,3),可实现为(7,1)的span图案。Case 1, N=1, M=1. That is, the time domain length of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment is N=1, and the number of end symbols of PDCCH MO supported by the terminal equipment in a span is 1. For the span pattern (2,2), the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the CORESET with a time domain length of 1 symbol and the end symbol of the PDCCH MO in a span is 1, which can be implemented as (2,1) span pattern. In the same way, for the span pattern (4,3), it can be realized as the span pattern of (4,1); for the span pattern (7,3), it can be realized as the span pattern of (7,1).
举例来说,请参见图13,为PDCCH的一种配置示意图。图13以组合(X,Y)=(2,2),N=1,M=1为例。图13中的“#1~#7”指的是span#1~span#7,也就是7个时间跨度。图13中的“MO1~MO10”指的是 “PDCCH MO#1~PDCCH MO#10”,也就是10个PDCCH MO。由于(X,Y)=(2,2),因此,两个相邻的PDCCH MO的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔为2。当N=1,M=1,即配置的SS set关联持续时间为1个符号的CORESET,可按照不同PDCCH MO的结束符号的个数为1来配置。一个PDCCH MO的时域长度为1个符号,如图13所示,可实现组合(2,1)。For example, please refer to Figure 13, which is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH. Figure 13 takes the combination (X, Y) = (2, 2), N = 1, M = 1 as an example. “#1~#7” in Figure 13 refers to span#1~span#7, which is 7 time spans. “MO1~MO10” in Figure 13 refers to "PDCCH MO#1~PDCCH MO#10", that is, 10 PDCCH MOs. Since (X, Y)=(2,2), therefore, the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 2. When N=1, M=1, that is, the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 1 symbol, which can be configured according to the number of end symbols of different PDCCH MOs being 1. The time domain length of a PDCCH MO is 1 symbol, as shown in Figure 13, and the combination (2,1) can be achieved.
情况二,N=1,M小于或等于2。即终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N=1,终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号个数最多为2个。例如,针对span图案(4,3)来说,网络设备按照时域长度为1个符号的CORESET和在一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号为2个来配置PDCCH配置,可实现为(4,2)的span图案。同理,针对span图案(7,3),可实现为(7,2)的span图案。Case 2, N=1, M is less than or equal to 2. That is, the time domain length of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment is N=1, and the terminal equipment supports a maximum of 2 end symbols of PDCCH MO within a span. For example, for the span pattern (4,3), the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the CORESET with a time domain length of 1 symbol and the end symbols of the PDCCH MO within a span of 2, which can be implemented as (4,2 ) span pattern. In the same way, for the span pattern (7,3), the span pattern of (7,2) can be implemented.
举例来说,请参见图14,为PDCCH的一种配置示意图。图14以组合(X,Y)=(4,3),N=1,M=2为例。图14中的“#1~#3”指的是span#1~span#3,也就是3个时间跨度。图14中的“MO1~MO4”指的是“PDCCH MO#1~PDCCH MO#4”,也就是4个PDCCH MO。由于(X,Y)=(4,3),因此,两个相邻的PDCCH MO的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔为4。当N=1,M=2,即配置的SS set关联持续时间为1个符号的CORESET,按照不同PDCCH MO的结束符号的个数为2来配置。网络设备在1个span可以配置不同长度的PDCCH MO,如图14所示,span#2内的PDCCH MO#4的时域长度为1个符号,PDCCH MO#2的时域长度为1个符号,如图14所示,可实现组合(4,2)。For example, please refer to Figure 14, which is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH. Figure 14 takes the combination (X, Y) = (4, 3), N = 1, M = 2 as an example. “#1~#3” in Figure 14 refers to span#1~span#3, which are 3 time spans. "MO1~MO4" in Figure 14 refers to "PDCCH MO#1~PDCCH MO#4", which is 4 PDCCH MOs. Since (X,Y)=(4,3), the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 4. When N=1, M=2, that is, the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 1 symbol, configured according to the number of end symbols of different PDCCH MOs being 2. Network equipment can configure PDCCH MOs of different lengths in one span. As shown in Figure 14, the time domain length of PDCCH MO#4 in span#2 is 1 symbol, and the time domain length of PDCCH MO#2 is 1 symbol. , as shown in Figure 14, the combination (4,2) can be achieved.
情况三,N=2,M=1。即终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N=2,终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号个数为1个。例如,针对span图案(4,3)来说,网络设备按照时域长度为2个符号的CORESET和在一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号为1个来配置PDCCH配置,可实现为(4,2)的span图案。同理,针对span图案(7,3),可实现为(7,2)的span图案。Case three, N=2, M=1. That is, the time domain length of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment is N=2, and the number of end symbols of PDCCH MO supported by the terminal equipment in a span is 1. For example, for the span pattern (4,3), the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the CORESET with a time domain length of 2 symbols and the end symbol of the PDCCH MO within a span is 1, which can be implemented as (4,2 ) span pattern. In the same way, for the span pattern (7,3), the span pattern of (7,2) can be implemented.
举例来说,请参见图15,为PDCCH的一种配置示意图。图15以组合(X,Y)=(4,3),N=2,M=1为例。图15中的“#1~#3”指的是span#1~span#3,也就是3个时间跨度。图14中的“MO1~MO4”指的是“PDCCH MO#1~PDCCH MO#4”,也就是4个PDCCH MO。由于(X,Y)=(4,3),因此,两个相邻的PDCCH MO的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔为4。当N=2,M=1,即配置的SS set关联持续时间为2个符号的CORESET,按照不同PDCCH MO的结束符号的个数为1来配置。如图14所示,可实现组合(4,2)。For example, please refer to Figure 15, which is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH. Figure 15 takes the combination (X, Y) = (4, 3), N = 2, M = 1 as an example. “#1~#3” in Figure 15 refers to span#1~span#3, which are 3 time spans. "MO1~MO4" in Figure 14 refers to "PDCCH MO#1~PDCCH MO#4", which is 4 PDCCH MOs. Since (X,Y)=(4,3), the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 4. When N=2, M=1, that is, the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 2 symbols, configured according to the number of end symbols of different PDCCH MOs being 1. As shown in Figure 14, the combination (4,2) can be achieved.
情况四,N={1,2},M=1。即终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N={1,2},终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号个数为1个。例如,针对span图案(4,3)来说,网络设备按照时域长度为2个符号的CORESET和在一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号为1个来配置PDCCH配置,可实现为(4,2)的span图案。同理,针对span图案(7,3),可实现为(7,2)的span图案。Case 4, N={1,2}, M=1. That is, the time domain length of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment is N={1,2}, and the number of end symbols of PDCCH MO supported by the terminal equipment in a span is 1. For example, for the span pattern (4,3), the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the CORESET with a time domain length of 2 symbols and the end symbol of the PDCCH MO within a span is 1, which can be implemented as (4,2 ) span pattern. In the same way, for the span pattern (7,3), the span pattern of (7,2) can be implemented.
举例来说,请参见图16,为PDCCH的一种配置示意图。图16以组合(X,Y)=(7,3),N=2,M=1为例。图16中的“#1~#2”指的是span#1~span#2,也就是2个时间跨度。图14中的“MO1~MO4”指的是“PDCCH MO#1~PDCCH MO#4”,也就是4个PDCCH MO。由于(X,Y)=(7,3),因此,两个相邻的PDCCH MO的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔为7。当N=2,M=1,即配置的SS set关联持续时间为2个符号的CORESET,按照不同PDCCH MO的结束符号的个数为1来配置。如图16所示,可实现组合(7,2)。For example, please refer to Figure 16, which is a schematic diagram of a configuration of PDCCH. Figure 16 takes the combination (X, Y) = (7, 3), N = 2, M = 1 as an example. “#1~#2” in Figure 16 refers to span#1~span#2, which are 2 time spans. "MO1~MO4" in Figure 14 refers to "PDCCH MO#1~PDCCH MO#4", which is 4 PDCCH MOs. Since (X,Y)=(7,3), the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent PDCCH MOs is 7. When N=2, M=1, that is, the configured SS set association duration is CORESET of 2 symbols, configured according to the number of end symbols of different PDCCH MOs being 1. As shown in Figure 16, the combination (7,2) can be achieved.
上述以终端设备向网络设备上报第一能力信息和第二能力信息,网络设备根据第一能力信息配置PDCCH配置为例,以避免一个span内的每个符号都包括1个PDCCH MO。这样不会额外增加终端设备的盲检测复杂度,可为终端设备预留更多的处理时间,以使得终端设备可以满足低时延业务的需求。The above example takes the terminal device reporting the first capability information and the second capability information to the network device, and the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the first capability information, so as to avoid that each symbol in a span includes one PDCCH MO. This will not increase the blind detection complexity of the terminal device, and can reserve more processing time for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can meet the needs of low-latency services.
在可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以向网络设备上报第二能力,不向网络设备上报第一能力,网络设备基于第二能力配置PDCCH配置。由于终端设备处理一个PDCCH是在对应的PDCCH MO结束后才能开始,即接收完成再开始处理,因此使得一个span内的一个或多个PDCCH MO起始符号或结束符号不同,导致终端设备在一个span内无法统一处理PDCCH,增加实现复杂度。本申请实施例通过第二能力信息可明确指示终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号个数M,例如M=1。针对组合(X,Y),网络设备在1个span可以配置不同长度的PDCCH MO。不同PDCCH MO的起始符号可以不同,但是结束符号相同,从而使得终端设备在一个span内能够统一处理PDCCH,降低终端设备的复杂度。下面介绍该方案。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may report the second capability to the network device without reporting the first capability to the network device, and the network device configures the PDCCH configuration based on the second capability. Since the terminal equipment can only start processing a PDCCH after the corresponding PDCCH MO is completed, that is, the processing is started after the reception is completed. Therefore, one or more PDCCH MO start symbols or end symbols in a span are different, causing the terminal equipment to be in a span. PDCCH cannot be processed uniformly, which increases implementation complexity. The embodiment of the present application can clearly indicate that the terminal equipment supports the number M of end symbols of PDCCH MO within a span through the second capability information, for example, M=1. For combination (X, Y), network equipment can configure PDCCH MOs of different lengths in one span. The start symbols of different PDCCH MOs can be different, but the end symbols are the same, so that the terminal equipment can uniformly process PDCCH within a span and reduce the complexity of the terminal equipment. The solution is introduced below.
请参见图17,示出了组合(X,Y)=(2,2)、(4,3)和(7,3)下的PDCCH配置。图17以第二能力信息指示终端设备支持一个span内PDCCH MO的结束符号个数为1个为例。即以M=1为例。从图17 中可以看出,针对(X,Y)=(2,2),存在“#1~#7”,即7个时间跨度,例如,第一个时间跨度包括MO1和MO3,即2个PDCCH MO,MO1和MO3的结束符号相同,长度不同。第二个时间跨度包括MO2和MO4,MO2和MO4的结束符号相同,长度相同。Referring to Figure 17, the PDCCH configuration under the combination (X,Y)=(2,2), (4,3) and (7,3) is shown. Figure 17 takes the example in which the second capability information indicates that the terminal equipment supports one end symbol of PDCCH MO within one span. That is, take M=1 as an example. From Figure 17 It can be seen that for (X,Y)=(2,2), there are "#1~#7", that is, 7 time spans. For example, the first time span includes MO1 and MO3, that is, 2 PDCCH MOs , MO1 and MO3 have the same ending symbol but different lengths. The second time span includes MO2 and MO4, which have the same end symbol and the same length.
针对(X,Y)=(4,3),存在“#1~#3”,即3个时间跨度,例如,第一个时间跨度包括MO1和MO3,即2个PDCCH MO,MO1和MO3的结束符号相同,长度不同。第二个时间跨度包括MO2和MO4,MO2和MO4的结束符号相同,长度相同。For (X,Y)=(4,3), there are "#1~#3", that is, 3 time spans. For example, the first time span includes MO1 and MO3, that is, 2 PDCCH MO, MO1 and MO3 The ending symbols are the same but the lengths are different. The second time span includes MO2 and MO4, which have the same end symbol and the same length.
针对(X,Y)=(7,3),存在“#1~#2”,即2个时间跨度,例如,第一个时间跨度包括MO1和MO3,即2个PDCCH MO,MO1和MO4的结束符号相同,长度不同。第二个时间跨度包括MO2和MO3,MO2和MO3的结束符号相同,长度相同。For (X,Y)=(7,3), there are "#1~#2", that is, 2 time spans. For example, the first time span includes MO1 and MO3, that is, 2 PDCCH MOs, MO1 and MO4 The ending symbols are the same but the lengths are different. The second time span includes MO2 and MO3. MO2 and MO3 have the same end symbol and the same length.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备向网络设备上报第二能力信息,网络设备根据第二能力信息配置PDCCH配置为例,以避免一个span内的每个符号都包括1个PDCCH MO。这样不会额外增加终端设备的盲检测复杂度,可为终端设备预留更多的处理时间,以使得终端设备可以满足低时延业务的需求。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device reports the second capability information to the network device, and the network device configures the PDCCH configuration according to the second capability information as an example to avoid that each symbol in a span includes one PDCCH MO. This will not increase the blind detection complexity of the terminal device, and can reserve more processing time for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can meet the needs of low-latency services.
S604、网络设备在至少一个时间单元发送控制信道,相应的,终端设备在至少一个时间内接收来自网络设备的控制信道。S604. The network device sends the control channel in at least one time unit, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the control channel from the network device in at least one time unit.
终端设备根据网络设备发送的控制信道配置信息,以及确定span图案的规则,可以确定span图案,即至少一个时间单元。从而终端设备可以在至少一个时间内接收控制信道。The terminal device can determine the span pattern, that is, at least one time unit, based on the control channel configuration information sent by the network device and the rules for determining the span pattern. Thereby the terminal device can receive the control channel at least one time.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从终端设备和网络设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,第一设备和第二设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided by the present application, the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspective of interaction between the terminal device and the network device. In order to implement each function in the method provided by the above embodiments of the present application, the first device and the second device may include a hardware structure and/or a software module to implement the above-mentioned functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. Each function. Whether one of the above functions is performed as a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的通信装置。因此,上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中,重复的内容不再赘述。The communication device used to implement the above method in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Therefore, the above content can be used in subsequent embodiments, and repeated content will not be described again.
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1800的示意性框图。该通信装置1800可以包括处理模块1810和收发模块1820。可选地,还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据。处理模块1810和收发模块1820可以与该存储单元耦合,例如,处理模块1810可以读取存储单元中的指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据,以实现相应的方法。上述各个模块可以独立设置,也可以部分或者全部集成。Figure 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1800 may include a processing module 1810 and a transceiver module 1820. Optionally, a storage unit may also be included, which may be used to store instructions (code or programs) and/or data. The processing module 1810 and the transceiver module 1820 can be coupled with the storage unit. For example, the processing module 1810 can read the instructions (code or program) and/or data in the storage unit to implement the corresponding method. Each of the above modules can be set up independently or partially or fully integrated.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置1800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的行为和功能,通信装置1800可以为终端设备,也可以为应用于终端设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路),也可以是终端设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。In some possible implementations, the communication device 1800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiments. The communication device 1800 can be a terminal device or a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in the terminal device. It may also be a chip or a chipset in the terminal device or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions.
作为一种示例,收发模块1820用于向网络设备发送第一能力信息,接收来自网络设备的控制信道配置信息,根据控制信道配置信息在至少一个时间单元内接收控制信道。第一能力信息用于指示通信装置1800支持的CORESET的时域长度N。控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,每个时间单元的长度为N。As an example, the transceiver module 1820 is configured to send first capability information to the network device, receive control channel configuration information from the network device, and receive the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information. The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800. The control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, and the length of each time unit is N.
作为一种可选的实现方式,时间单元为span,所述span包括Z个连续的时域符号,且Z小于一个时隙包括的符号个数。As an optional implementation manner, the time unit is span, and the span includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is less than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
作为一种可选的实现方式,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,N=1,组合(X,Y)为(2,2)、(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔P个时域符号,P为大于或等于1的整数,一个时间单元包括至少一个控制信道监听时机。As an optional implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, N=1, the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by P Time domain symbol, P is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
作为一种可选的实现方式,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,N=2,组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔Q个时域符号,Q大于或等于X。As an optional implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, N=2, the combination (X, Y) is (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domain symbols, and Q is greater than Or equal to X.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一能力信息用于指示通信装置1800支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:第一能力信息用于指示通信装置1800在第一频段上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,第 一能力信息用于指示通信装置1800在第一小区上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,第一能力信息用于指示通信装置1800在第一频段组合内支持的CORESET的时域长度N,其中,第一频段组合包括至少两个频段;或者,第一能力信息用于指示通信装置1800在第一载波上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。As an optional implementation manner, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800, including: the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of the CORESET supported by the communication device 1800 on the first frequency band. Domain length N; or, the A capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800 on the first cell; or, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800 in the first frequency band combination, Wherein, the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800 on the first carrier.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一能力信息用于指示通信装置1800支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持N,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个N,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个N。As an optional implementation manner, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the communication device 1800, including: the first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports N, where, A combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an N.
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块1820还用于向网络设备发送第二能力信息,该第二能力信息用于指示通信装置1800支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数M,M为大于或等于1的整数。As an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1820 is also configured to send second capability information to the network device. The second capability information is used to instruct the communication device 1800 to support the start symbol and/or control channel monitoring opportunity within a time unit. Or the number M of end symbols, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
作为一种可选的实现方式,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,针对组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),N和M满足如下的一种或多种:N=1,M=1;N=1,M小于或等于2;N=2,M=1;或者,N为{1,2},M=1。As an optional implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, for the combination (X, Y) to be (4,3) or (7,3), N and M satisfy one or more of the following: N=1, M=1; N=1, M is less than or equal to 2; N=2, M=1; or, N is {1,2}, M=1.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第二能力信息用于指示通信装置1800支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M。As an optional implementation manner, the second capability information is used to indicate that the communication device 1800 supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the first capability information indicates at least one Whether the combination (X, Y) supports M, where one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M.
作为另一种示例,收发模块1820用于向网络设备发送第二能力信息,接收来自网络设备的控制信道配置信息,以及根据该控制信道配置信息在至少一个时间单元内接收控制信道。处理模块1810用于确定第二能力信息。其中,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M。控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元。As another example, the transceiver module 1820 is configured to send the second capability information to the network device, receive control channel configuration information from the network device, and receive the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information. The processing module 1810 is used to determine second capability information. The second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit. The control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二能力信息用于指示通信装置1800支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M。In a possible implementation, the second capability information is used to indicate that the communication device 1800 supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the first capability information indicates at least one Whether the combination (X, Y) supports M, where one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M, or at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to an M.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置1800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的行为和功能,通信装置1800可以为网络设备,也可以为应用于网络设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路),也可以是网络设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。In some possible implementations, the communication device 1800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network device in the above method embodiments. The communication device 1800 can be a network device or a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in the network device. It may also be a chip or a chipset in a network device or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions.
示例性的,收发模块1820用于接收来自终端设备的第一能力信息,向终端设备发送控制信道配置信息在至少一个时间单元内发送控制信道。该第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N。控制信息配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,每个时间单元的长度为N。Exemplarily, the transceiving module 1820 is configured to receive the first capability information from the terminal device, send the control channel configuration information to the terminal device, and send the control channel within at least one time unit. The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device. The control information configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, and the length of each time unit is N.
作为一种可选的实现方式,时间单元包括Z个连续的时域符号,且Z小于一个时隙包括的符号个数。As an optional implementation manner, the time unit includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is smaller than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
作为一种可选的实现方式,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,当N=1,组合(X,Y)为(2,2)、(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔M个时域符号,M为大于或等于1的整数,一个时间单元包括至少一个控制信道监听时机。As an optional implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, when N=1, the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are spaced M time domain symbols, M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
作为一种可选的实现方式,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,N=2,组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔Q个时域符号,Q大于或等于X。As an optional implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, N=2, the combination (X, Y) is (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domain symbols, and Q is greater than Or equal to X.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:第一能力信息用于指示终端设备在第一频段上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备在第一小区上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备在第一频段组合内支持的CORESET的时域长度N,其中,第一频段组合包括至少两个频段;或者,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备在第一载波上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。As an optional implementation manner, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first frequency band. N; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment in the first frequency band combination. Length N, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持N,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个N,或者,至 少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个N。As an optional implementation manner, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including: the first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports N, where a A combination (X,Y) corresponds to an N, or, to One less combination (X,Y) corresponds to one N.
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块1820还用于接收来自终端设备的第二能力信息,该第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,M为大于或等于1的整数。As an optional implementation, the transceiver module 1820 is also configured to receive second capability information from the terminal device. The second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the start symbol or end of the control channel monitoring opportunity within a time unit. The number of symbols, M, is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
作为一种可选的实现方式,控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,Y为一个时间单元的最大长度。其中,针对组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),N和M满足如下的一种或多种:N=1,M=1;或者,N=1,M小于或等于2;N=2,M=1;或者,N为{1,2},M=1。As an optional implementation, the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), where X is two adjacent time units The minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols, Y is the maximum length of a time unit. Among them, for the combination (X, Y) to be (4,3) or (7,3), N and M satisfy one or more of the following: N=1, M=1; or, N=1, M is less than Or equal to 2; N=2, M=1; or, N is {1,2}, M=1.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:第二能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M。As an optional implementation manner, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the second capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M.
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块1820还用于接收来自终端设备的第三能力信息。处理模块1810用于根据第一能力信息和/或第二能力信息确定控制信道配置信息。其中,第三能力信息用于指示终端设备支持基于时间单元级的控制信道监听。As an optional implementation manner, the transceiving module 1820 is also used to receive third capability information from the terminal device. The processing module 1810 is configured to determine control channel configuration information according to the first capability information and/or the second capability information. The third capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports control channel monitoring based on time unit level.
作为另一种示例,收发模块1820用于接收来自终端设备的第二能力信息,向终端设备发送控制信道配置信息,以及根据该控制信道配置信息在至少一个时间单元内发送控制信道。处理模块1810用于确定控制信道。其中,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M。控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元。As another example, the transceiving module 1820 is configured to receive the second capability information from the terminal device, send control channel configuration information to the terminal device, and send the control channel within at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information. The processing module 1810 is used to determine the control channel. The second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit. The control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第二能力信息用于指示终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:第二能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M,或者,至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个M。As an optional implementation manner, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols for controlling channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including: the second capability information indicates at least one combination Whether (X,Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M, or at least one combination (X,Y) corresponds to one M.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1810可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1820可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件或者通信接口实现。It should be understood that the processing module 1810 in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components, and the transceiver module 1820 can be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components or a communication interface.
图19为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1900的示意性框图。其中,该通信装置1900可以是终端设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备的功能。通信装置1900也可以是能够支持终端设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置,其中,该通信装置1900可以为芯片***。本申请实施例中,芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。具体的功能可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。该通信装置1900也可以是网络设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备的功能。通信装置1900也可以是能够支持网络设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置,其中,该通信装置1900可以为芯片***。本申请实施例中,芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。具体的功能可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。Figure 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1900 may be a terminal device and can implement the functions of the terminal device in the method provided by the embodiments of the present application. The communication device 1900 may also be a device that can support the terminal device to implement the corresponding functions in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, wherein the communication device 1900 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of this application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. For specific functions, please refer to the description in the above method embodiment. The communication device 1900 may also be a network device and can implement the functions of the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1900 may also be a device that can support network equipment to implement corresponding functions in the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, wherein the communication device 1900 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of this application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. For specific functions, please refer to the description in the above method embodiment.
通信装置1900包括一个或多个处理器1901,可用于实现或用于支持通信装置1900实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备的功能。具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。一个或多个处理器1901也可以用于实现或用于支持通信装置1900实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备的功能。具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。处理器1901也可以称为处理单元或处理模块,可以实现一定的控制功能。处理器1901可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如,包括:中央处理器,应用处理器,调制解调处理器,图形处理器,图像信号处理器,数字信号处理器,视频编解码处理器,控制器,存储器,和/或神经网络处理器等。所述中央处理器可以用于对通信装置1900进行控制,执行软件程序和/或处理数据。不同的处理器可以是独立的器件,也可以是集成在一个或多个处理器中,例如,集成在一个或多个专用集成电路上。The communication device 1900 includes one or more processors 1901, which can be used to implement or support the communication device 1900 to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method example and will not be repeated here. One or more processors 1901 may also be used to implement or support the communication device 1900 in implementing the functions of the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method example and will not be repeated here. The processor 1901 can also be called a processing unit or processing module, and can implement certain control functions. The processor 1901 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor, or the like. For example, include: central processing unit, application processor, modem processor, graphics processor, image signal processor, digital signal processor, video codec processor, controller, memory, and/or neural network processor wait. The central processing unit may be used to control the communication device 1900, execute software programs and/or process data. Different processors may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors, for example, integrated on one or more application specific integrated circuits.
可选地,通信装置1900中包括一个或多个存储器1902,用以存储指令1904,所述指令可在所述处理器1901上被运行,使得通信装置1900执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。存储器1902和处理器1901可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起,也可以认为存储器1902和处理器1901耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1901可能和存储器1902协同操作。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。需要说明的是,存储器1902不是必须的,所以在图19中以虚线进行示意。Optionally, the communication device 1900 includes one or more memories 1902 to store instructions 1904, which can be executed on the processor 1901, so that the communication device 1900 executes the method described in the above method embodiment. The memory 1902 and the processor 1901 may be provided separately or integrated together, or the memory 1902 and the processor 1901 may be considered coupled. The coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules. Processor 1901 may cooperate with memory 1902. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor. It should be noted that the memory 1902 is not necessary, so it is illustrated with a dotted line in FIG. 19 .
可选地,所述存储器1902中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器和存储器可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。在本申请实施例中,存储器1902可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard,disk,drive,HDD) 或固态硬盘(solid-state,drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile,memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access,memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。Optionally, the memory 1902 may also store data. The processor and memory can be provided separately or integrated together. In this embodiment of the present application, the memory 1902 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk (hard, disk, drive, HDD). Or solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or volatile memory (volatile, memory), such as random-access memory (random-access, memory, RAM). Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer. The memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, used to store program instructions and/or data.
可选地,通信装置1900可以包括指令1903(有时也可以称为代码或程序),所述指令1903可以在所述处理器上被运行,使得所述通信装置1900执行上述实施例中描述的方法。处理器1901中可以存储数据。Optionally, the communication device 1900 may include instructions 1903 (sometimes also referred to as codes or programs), and the instructions 1903 may be executed on the processor, causing the communication device 1900 to perform the methods described in the above embodiments. . Data may be stored in processor 1901.
可选地,通信装置1900还可以包括收发器1905以及天线1906。所述收发器1905可以称为收发单元,收发模块、收发机、收发电路、收发器,输入输出接口等,用于通过天线1906实现通信装置1900的收发功能。Optionally, the communication device 1900 may also include a transceiver 1905 and an antenna 1906. The transceiver 1905 may be called a transceiver unit, transceiver module, transceiver, transceiver circuit, transceiver, input/output interface, etc., and is used to realize the transceiver function of the communication device 1900 through the antenna 1906.
本申请中描述的处理器1901和收发器1905可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路(radio frequency identification,RFID)、混合信号IC、ASIC、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、或电子设备等上。实现本文描述的通信装置,可以是独立设备(例如,独立的集成电路,手机等),或者可以是较大设备中的一部分(例如,可嵌入在其他设备内的模块),具体可以参照前述关于终端设备,以及网络设备的说明,在此不再赘述。The processor 1901 and transceiver 1905 described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuits (ICs), analog ICs, radio frequency identification (RFID), mixed signal ICs, ASICs, printed circuit boards (printed circuit boards) board, PCB), or electronic equipment, etc. The communication device that implements the communication described in this article can be an independent device (for example, an independent integrated circuit, a mobile phone, etc.), or it can be a part of a larger device (for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices). For details, please refer to the above-mentioned information. The description of terminal equipment and network equipment will not be repeated here.
可选地,通信装置1900还可以包括以下一个或多个部件:无线通信模块,音频模块,外部存储器接口,内部存储器,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口,电源管理模块,天线,扬声器,麦克风,输入输出模块,传感器模块,马达,摄像头,或显示屏等等。可以理解,在一些实施例中,通信装置1900可以包括更多或更少部件,或者某些部件集成,或者某些部件拆分。这些部件可以是硬件,软件,或者软件和硬件的组合实现。Optionally, the communication device 1900 may also include one or more of the following components: a wireless communication module, an audio module, an external memory interface, an internal memory, a universal serial bus (USB) interface, a power management module, and an antenna. Speakers, microphones, input and output modules, sensor modules, motors, cameras, or displays, etc. It can be understood that in some embodiments, the communication device 1900 may include more or fewer components, or some components may be integrated, or some components may be separated. These components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
需要说明的是,上述实施例中的通信装置可以是终端设备(或网络设备)也可以是电路,也可以是应用于终端设备(或网络设备)中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端设备功能(或网络设备)的组合器件、部件等。当通信装置是终端设备(或网络设备)时,收发模块可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块可以是处理器,例如:中央处理模块(central processing unit,CPU)。当通信装置是具有上述终端设备(或网络设备)功能的部件时,收发模块可以是射频单元,处理模块可以是处理器。当通信装置是芯片***时,该通信装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是***芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是CPU,还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。处理模块可以是芯片***的处理器。收发模块或通信接口可以是芯片***的输入输出接口或接口电路。例如,接口电路可以为代码/数据读写接口电路。所述接口电路,可以用于接收代码指令(代码指令存储在存储器中,可以直接从存储器读取,或也可以经过其他器件从存储器读取)并传输至处理器;处理器可以用于运行所述代码指令以执行上述方法实施例中的方法。又例如,接口电路也可以为通信处理器与收发机之间的信号传输接口电路。It should be noted that the communication device in the above embodiments may be a terminal device (or network device) or a circuit, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device (or network device) or other devices having the above terminal device functions (or Network equipment) combined devices, components, etc. When the communication device is a terminal device (or network device), the transceiver module may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., and the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU). When the communication device is a component with the above-mentioned terminal equipment (or network equipment) function, the transceiver module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module may be a processor. When the communication device is a chip system, the communication device can be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (system on chip) , SoC), it can also be a CPU, it can be a network processor (network processor, NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU) , it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chip. The processing module may be a processor of a chip system. The transceiver module or communication interface may be the input/output interface or interface circuit of the chip system. For example, the interface circuit may be a code/data read and write interface circuit. The interface circuit can be used to receive code instructions (code instructions are stored in the memory and can be read directly from the memory, or can also be read from the memory through other devices) and transmitted to the processor; the processor can be used to run all The code instructions are used to execute the methods in the above method embodiments. For another example, the interface circuit may also be a signal transmission interface circuit between the communication processor and the transceiver.
当该通信装置为芯片类的装置或者电路时,该装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,所述收发单元可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口;处理单元为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip-like device or circuit, the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit and/or a communication interface; the processing unit may be an integrated processor or microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信***,具体的,通信***包括至少一个终端设备和至少一个网络设备。示例性的,通信***包括用于实现上述图6的相关功能的终端设备和网络设备。具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system. Specifically, the communication system includes at least one terminal device and at least one network device. Exemplarily, the communication system includes terminal equipment and network equipment used to implement the related functions of Figure 6 mentioned above. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图6中终端设备或网络设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which includes instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device in Figure 6 .
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图6中终端设备或网络设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device in Figure 6 .
本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***,该芯片***包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述方法中终端设备的功能;或者用于实现前述方法中网络设备的功能。该芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。Embodiments of the present application provide a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for realizing the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method; or for realizing the functions of the network device in the foregoing method. The chip system can be composed of chips or include chips and other discrete devices.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。 It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative,logical,block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented as electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. realized by combining. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的***、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only,memory,ROM)、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the part that essentially contributes to the technical solution of the present application or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions to enable a A computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) executes all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (42)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    向网络设备发送第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的控制资源集合CORESET的时域长度N;Send first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of the control resource set CORESET supported by the terminal device;
    接收来自所述网络设备的控制信道配置信息,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,其中,每个时间单元的长度为N;Receive control channel configuration information from the network device, where the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, wherein the length of each time unit is N;
    根据所述控制信道配置信息在所述至少一个时间单元内接收所述控制信道。The control channel is received within the at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间单元为时间跨度span,所述span包括Z个连续的时域符号,且Z小于一个时隙包括的符号个数。The method of claim 1, wherein the time unit is a time span span, the span includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is less than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,所述N=1,所述组合(X,Y)为(2,2)、(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔P个时域符号,所述P为大于或等于1的整数,一个时间单元包括至少一个控制信道监听时机。Wherein, the N=1, the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are There are P time domain symbols spaced between them, where P is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
  4. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,所述N=2,所述组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔Q个时域符号,Q为大于或等于X。Wherein, the N=2, the combination (X, Y) is (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domains. Symbol, Q is greater than or equal to X.
  5. 如权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including:
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一频段上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first frequency band; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一小区上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一频段组合内支持的CORESET的时域长度N,其中,所述第一频段组合包括至少两个频段;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device in a first frequency band combination, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一载波上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier.
  6. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including:
    所述第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述N,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述N,或者,所述至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述N。The first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the N, wherein one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one N, or the at least one combination (X, Y) ) corresponds to one of the N.
  7. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the method further includes:
    向所述网络设备发送第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数M,所述M为大于或等于1的整数。Send second capability information to the network device, where the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols and/or end symbols that control channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, and the M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;其中,针对所述组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),N和M满足如下的一种或多种:The method of claim 7, wherein the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine a combination (X, Y) , the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit; where, for the combination (X, Y) is (4 ,3) or (7,3), N and M satisfy one or more of the following:
    所述N=1,所述M=1;The N=1, the M=1;
    所述N=1,所述M小于或等于2;The N=1, the M is less than or equal to 2;
    所述N=2,所述M=1;或者,The N=2, the M=1; or,
    所述N为{1,2},所述M=1。The N is {1,2}, and the M=1.
  9. 如权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols of control channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including :
    所述第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)与对应一个所述M,或者,所述至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述M。The first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one M, or the at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one of the M.
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    接收来自终端设备的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的控制资源集合 CORESET的时域长度N;Receive first capability information from a terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate a set of control resources supported by the terminal device. The time domain length of CORESET is N;
    向所述终端设备发送控制信道配置信息,所述控制信息配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,其中,每个时间单元的长度为N;Send control channel configuration information to the terminal device, where the control information configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, where the length of each time unit is N;
    在所述至少一个时间单元内发送所述控制信道。The control channel is sent within the at least one time unit.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间单元包括Z个连续的时域符号,且Z小于一个时隙包括的符号个数。The method of claim 10, wherein the time unit includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is less than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  12. 如权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including the control channel configuration information being used to determine the combination (X, Y ), the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,当所述N=1,所述组合(X,Y)为(2,2)、(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔M个时域符号,所述M为大于或等于1的整数,一个时间单元包括至少一个控制信道监听时机。Wherein, when N=1, the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of the two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are There are M time domain symbols spaced between them, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
  13. 如权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including the control channel configuration information being used to determine the combination (X, Y ), the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,所述N=2,所述组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔Q个时域符号,Q为大于或等于X。Wherein, the N=2, the combination (X, Y) is (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domains. Symbol, Q is greater than or equal to X.
  14. 如权利要求10-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 13, characterized in that the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including:
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一频段上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first frequency band; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一小区上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一频段组合内支持的CORESET的时域长度N,其中,所述第一频段组合包括至少两个频段;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device in a first frequency band combination, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一载波上支持CORESET的时域长度N。The first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the time domain length N of CORESET on the first carrier.
  15. 如权利要求10-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 14, characterized in that the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including:
    所述第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述N,其中,一种组合(X,Y)与对应一个所述N,或者,所述至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述N。The first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the N, wherein one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one N, or the at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one of said N.
  16. 如权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the method further includes:
    接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,所述M为大于或等于1的整数。Receive second capability information from the terminal device, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols of control channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, where M is An integer greater than or equal to 1.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;其中,针对所述组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),N和M满足如下的一种或多种:The method of claim 16, wherein the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine a combination (X, Y) , the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit; where, for the combination (X, Y) is (4 ,3) or (7,3), N and M satisfy one or more of the following:
    所述N=1,所述M=1;或者,The N=1, the M=1; or,
    所述N=1,所述M小于或等于2;The N=1, the M is less than or equal to 2;
    所述N=2,所述M=1;或者,The N=2, the M=1; or,
    所述N为{1,2},所述M=1。The N is {1,2}, and the M=1.
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:The method according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols of control channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including :
    所述第二能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述M,或者,所述至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述M。The second capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one M, or the at least one combination (X, Y) ) corresponds to one of the M.
  19. 如权利要求16-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16-18, characterized in that the method further includes:
    接收来自所述终端设备的第三能力信息,所述第三能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持基于时间单元级的控制信道监听;Receive third capability information from the terminal device, where the third capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports control channel monitoring based on time unit level;
    根据所述第一能力信息和/或第二能力信息确定所述控制信道配置信息。The control channel configuration information is determined according to the first capability information and/or the second capability information.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;其中,所述收发模块用于:向网络设 备发送第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述通信装置支持的控制资源集合CORESET的时域长度N;A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processing module and a transceiver module; wherein the transceiver module is used to: The device sends first capability information, the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of the control resource set CORESET supported by the communication device;
    接收来自所述网络设备的控制信道配置信息,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,其中,每个时间单元的长度为N;Receive control channel configuration information from the network device, where the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, wherein the length of each time unit is N;
    根据所述控制信道配置信息在所述至少一个时间单元内接收所述控制信道;Receive the control channel within the at least one time unit according to the control channel configuration information;
    所述处理模块用于确定所述控制信道。The processing module is used to determine the control channel.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时间单元为时间跨度span,所述span包括Z个连续的时域符号,且Z小于一个时隙包括的符号个数。The apparatus according to claim 20, wherein the time unit is a time span span, the span includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is less than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  22. 如权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The device according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,所述N=1,所述组合(X,Y)为(2,2)、(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔P个时域符号,所述P为大于或等于1的整数,一个时间单元包括至少一个控制信道监听时机。Wherein, the N=1, the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are There are P time domain symbols spaced between them, where P is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
  23. 如权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The device according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,所述N=2,所述组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔Q个时域符号,Q为大于或等于X。Wherein, the N=2, the combination (X, Y) is (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domains. Symbol, Q is greater than or equal to X.
  24. 如权利要求20-23任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:The device according to any one of claims 20 to 23, characterized in that the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including:
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一频段上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first frequency band; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一小区上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一频段组合内支持的CORESET的时域长度N,其中,所述第一频段组合包括至少两个频段;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device in a first frequency band combination, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一载波上支持的CORESET的时域长度N。The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device on the first carrier.
  25. 如权利要求20-24任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 20 to 24, wherein the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including:
    所述第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述N,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述N,或者,所述至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述N。The first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the N, wherein one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one N, or the at least one combination (X, Y) ) corresponds to one of the N.
  26. 如权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于向所述网络设备发送第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述通信装置支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数M,所述M为大于或等于1的整数。The device according to claim 20 or 21, characterized in that the transceiver module is further configured to send second capability information to the network device, the second capability information is used to indicate that the communication device supports a time unit The number M of start symbols and/or end symbols of the internal control channel monitoring opportunity, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The device of claim 26, wherein the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine a combination (X, Y) , the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,针对所述组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),N和M满足如下的一种或多种:Wherein, for the combination (X, Y) to be (4,3) or (7,3), N and M satisfy one or more of the following:
    所述N=1,所述M=1;The N=1, the M=1;
    所述N=1,所述M小于或等于2;The N=1, the M is less than or equal to 2;
    所述N=2,所述M=1;或者,The N=2, the M=1; or,
    所述N为{1,2},所述M=1。The N is {1,2}, and the M=1.
  28. 如权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:The apparatus according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols of control channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including :
    所述第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)与对应一个所述M,或者,所述至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述M。The first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one M, or the at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one of the M.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;其中,所述收发模块用于:接收来自终端设备的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的控制资源集合CORESET的时域长度N; A communication device, characterized by comprising a processing module and a transceiver module; wherein the transceiver module is configured to: receive first capability information from a terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports Control the time domain length N of the resource set CORESET;
    向所述终端设备发送控制信道配置信息,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,其中,每个时间单元的长度为N;Send control channel configuration information to the terminal device, where the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, where the length of each time unit is N;
    所述至少一个时间单元内发送所述控制信道;Send the control channel within the at least one time unit;
    所述处理模块用于确定所述控制信道配置信息。The processing module is used to determine the control channel configuration information.
  30. 如权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时间单元包括Z个连续的时域符号,且Z小于一个时隙包括的符号个数。The apparatus of claim 29, wherein the time unit includes Z consecutive time domain symbols, and Z is less than the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  31. 如权利要求29或30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The device according to claim 29 or 30, wherein the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine the combination (X, Y), the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,所述N=1,所述组合(X,Y)为(2,2)、(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔M个时域符号,所述M为大于或等于1的整数,一个时间单元包括至少一个控制信道监听时机。Wherein, the N=1, the combination (X, Y) is (2,2), (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are There are M time domain symbols spaced apart, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and one time unit includes at least one control channel monitoring opportunity.
  32. 如权利要求29或30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The device according to claim 29 or 30, characterized in that the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including the control channel configuration information being used to determine the combination (X, Y ), the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,所述N=2,所述组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),且相邻的两个控制信道监听时机的起始符号之间间隔Q个时域符号,Q为大于或等于X。Wherein, the N=2, the combination (X, Y) is (4,3) or (7,3), and the starting symbols of two adjacent control channel monitoring opportunities are separated by Q time domains. Symbol, Q is greater than or equal to X.
  33. 如权利要求29-32任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 29 to 32, wherein the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including:
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一频段上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first frequency band; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一小区上支持的CORESET的时域长度N;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal equipment on the first cell; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一频段组合内支持的CORESET的时域长度N,其中,所述第一频段组合包括至少两个频段;或者,The first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device in a first frequency band combination, where the first frequency band combination includes at least two frequency bands; or,
    所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一载波上支持CORESET的时域长度N。The first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the time domain length N of CORESET on the first carrier.
  34. 如权利要求29-33任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的CORESET的时域长度N,包括:The device according to any one of claims 29 to 33, characterized in that the first capability information is used to indicate the time domain length N of CORESET supported by the terminal device, including:
    所述第一能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述N,其中,一种组合(X,Y)与对应一个所述N,或者,所述至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述N。The first capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the N, wherein one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one N, or the at least one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one of said N.
  35. 如权利要求29或30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于接收来自终端设备的第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号和/或结束符号的个数M,所述M为大于或等于1的整数。The apparatus according to claim 29 or 30, characterized in that the transceiver module is further configured to receive second capability information from a terminal device, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports support within a time unit. The number M of start symbols and/or end symbols of the control channel monitoring opportunity, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  36. 如权利要求35所述的装置,其特征在于,所述控制信道配置信息用于确定所述控制信道占用的至少一个时间单元,包括:所述控制信道配置信息用于确定组合(X,Y),所述X为相邻的两个时间单元的起始符号之间的最小时域符号间隔,所述Y为一个时间单元的最大长度;The device of claim 35, wherein the control channel configuration information is used to determine at least one time unit occupied by the control channel, including: the control channel configuration information is used to determine a combination (X, Y) , the X is the minimum time domain symbol interval between the starting symbols of two adjacent time units, and the Y is the maximum length of a time unit;
    其中,针对所述组合(X,Y)为(4,3)或(7,3),N和M满足如下的一种或多种:Wherein, for the combination (X, Y) to be (4,3) or (7,3), N and M satisfy one or more of the following:
    所述N=1,所述M=1;The N=1, the M=1;
    所述N=1,所述M小于或等于2;The N=1, the M is less than or equal to 2;
    所述N=2,所述M=1;或者,The N=2, the M=1; or,
    所述N为{1,2},所述M=1。The N is {1,2}, and the M=1.
  37. 如权利要求35或36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持一个时间单元内控制信道监听时机的起始符号或结束符号的个数M,包括:The apparatus according to claim 35 or 36, wherein the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment supports the number M of start symbols or end symbols of control channel monitoring opportunities within a time unit, including :
    所述第二能力信息指示至少一种组合(X,Y)是否支持所述M,其中,一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述M,或者,所述至少一种组合(X,Y)对应一个所述M。The second capability information indicates whether at least one combination (X, Y) supports the M, wherein one combination (X, Y) corresponds to one M, or the at least one combination (X, Y) ) corresponds to one of the M.
  38. 如权利要求35-37任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第三能力信息,所述第三能力信息用于指示所述终端设备支持基于时间单元级的控制信道监听;The apparatus according to any one of claims 35 to 37, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to receive third capability information from the terminal device, and the third capability information is used to indicate to the terminal device Support control channel monitoring based on time unit level;
    所述处理模块还用于根据所述第一能力信息和/或第二能力信息确定所述控制信道配置信息。The processing module is also configured to determine the control channel configuration information according to the first capability information and/or the second capability information.
  39. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1~9 中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求10~19中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored on the memory, so that the communication device executes Such as claims 1 to 9 The method according to any one of claims 10 to 19, or causing the communication device to perform the method according to any one of claims 10 to 19.
  40. 一种通信***,其特征在于,包括终端设备和网络设备,所述终端设备用于实现如权利要求1~9中任一项所述的方法,所述网络设备用于实现如权利要求10~19中任一项所述的方法。A communication system, characterized in that it includes a terminal device and a network device, the terminal device is used to implement the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 9, and the network device is used to implement the method as claimed in any one of claims 10 to 9. The method described in any one of 19.
  41. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序当被计算机执行时,使所述计算机执行如权利要求1~9中任一项所述的方法;或者,使所述计算机执行如权利要求10~19中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer program causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9. the method described in any one of claims 10 to 19; or, causing the computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 10 to 19.
  42. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序当被计算机执行时,使所述计算机执行如权利要求1~9中任一项所述的方法;或者,使所述计算机执行如权利要求10~19中任一项所述的方法。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer program causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9; Alternatively, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 10 to 19.
PCT/CN2023/103495 2022-08-20 2023-06-28 Communication method and apparatus WO2024041184A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211002074.XA CN117676551A (en) 2022-08-20 2022-08-20 Communication method and device
CN202211002074.X 2022-08-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024041184A1 true WO2024041184A1 (en) 2024-02-29

Family

ID=90012395

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/103495 WO2024041184A1 (en) 2022-08-20 2023-06-28 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117676551A (en)
WO (1) WO2024041184A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112398572A (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
WO2021062843A1 (en) * 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
WO2022087348A2 (en) * 2020-10-22 2022-04-28 Ofinno, Llc Reference occasion determination in control channel repetition

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112398572A (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
WO2021062843A1 (en) * 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
WO2022087348A2 (en) * 2020-10-22 2022-04-28 Ofinno, Llc Reference occasion determination in control channel repetition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117676551A (en) 2024-03-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20170099664A1 (en) Method, apparatus and computer program for transmission scheduling
US20200296687A1 (en) Communication method and communications device
CN110474735B (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2019192345A1 (en) Time domain resource allocation method and device
CN110034866B (en) Method and device for feedback and computer storage medium
WO2021032015A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2021204107A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN113708899A (en) Multi-carrier scheduling method, device and equipment
WO2020237489A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium
US20220312459A1 (en) Enhanced Configured Grants
WO2023245521A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining location information of control resource
WO2019029463A1 (en) Method and device for receiving control information and sending control information
US20220322288A1 (en) Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service (MBMS) Transmission and Reception in Connected State during Wireless Communications
CN116158164A (en) User equipment and base station
WO2023109879A1 (en) Radio frequency link switching method and communication device
CN114451017A (en) Method and device for activating and releasing non-dynamic scheduling transmission
WO2024041184A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021259138A1 (en) Uplink signal sending method, apparatus, and system
WO2018188095A1 (en) Communication method and device
US20220303073A1 (en) Technologies for Reliable Physical Data Channel Reception in Wireless Communications
US20220304042A1 (en) Enhanced Configured Grants
WO2020164392A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN115604664A (en) Multicast service modification notification method and communication device
WO2021134447A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024067617A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23856275

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1